|
@@ -1,12082 +1,12082 @@
|
|
|
-{$mode objfpc}{$h+} {$ifdef win32}{$define gtkwin}{$endif}
|
|
|
|
|
-UNIT FPgtk;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-// Generated with GtkWrite by Luk Vandelaer (version 1.08)
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-INTERFACE
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-USES classes, sysutils, gtk, gdk, glib, FPglib;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-TYPE
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkObject = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkData = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkAdjustment = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkToolTips = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkWidget = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkWidgetGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMisc = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkLabel = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkAccelLabel = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTipsQuery = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkArrow = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkImage = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkPixmap = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkContainer = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkBin = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkAlignment = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFrame = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkAspectFrame = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkToggleButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCheckButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRadioButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkOptionMenu = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkItemGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenuItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCheckMenuItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRadioMenuItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkListItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkListItemGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTreeItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkWindow = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkDialog = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkInputDialog = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFileSelection = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHandleBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkScrolledWindow = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkViewport = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButtonBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHButtonBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVButtonBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkColorSelection = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkGammaCurve = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCombo = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkStatusbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCList = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCTree = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFixed = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkNotebook = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFontSelection = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkPaned = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHPaned = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVPaned = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkLayout = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkList = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenuShell = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenuBar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenu = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkPacker = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTable = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkToolbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTree = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCalendar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkDrawingArea = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCurve = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEditable = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEntry = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkSpinButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkText = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRuler = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHRuler = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVRuler = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRange = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkScale = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHScale = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVScale = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkScrollbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHScrollbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVScrollbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkSeparator = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHSeparator = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVSeparator = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkPreview = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkProgress = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkProgressBar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkItemFactory = class;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Bool:boolean; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- FPgtkException = class (Exception) end;
|
|
|
|
|
- PPascalClassData = ^TPascalClassData;
|
|
|
|
|
- TPascalClassData = record
|
|
|
|
|
- TheInstance : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- PSignalData = ^TSignalData;
|
|
|
|
|
- TSignalData = record
|
|
|
|
|
- TheData : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
- TheWidget : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
- TheSignalProc : TFPgtkSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- TDestroyState = (dsAlive, dsWaiting, dsDestroying);
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkObjectClass = Class of TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- PFPgtkObject = ^TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkObject = class
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FDestroying : TDestroyState;
|
|
|
|
|
- PascalInstance:TPascalClassData;
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertDatas:TStringList;
|
|
|
|
|
- SignalDatas:TList;
|
|
|
|
|
- NotifyList:TList;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConvertSignalData (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; FreeIt:boolean) : PSignalData;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FreeClass (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CheckConvertDatas;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CheckNotifyList;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure InitCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FinalCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetUserData : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUserData (TheValue : pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject:PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; Virtual; Abstract;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
- function SignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function SignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function BooleanSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function BooleanSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor CreateFromObject (GtkObject:PGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Destroying : TDestroyState read FDestroying;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AskNotification (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
- destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDestroy (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDestroy (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SignalDisconnect (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SignalBlockHandler (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SignalUnblockHandler (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SignalEmit (aName:string; Args:array of const);
|
|
|
|
|
- function SignalNEmissions (aName:string) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SignalEmitStop (aName:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetData (Key:string; Data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property UserData : pointer read GetUserData write SetUserData;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDataFull (Key:string; Data:pointer; Destroyer:TFPgtkSignalFunction);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RemoveData (Key:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetData (Key:string) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GtkDestroyed : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Constructed;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ConstructedDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Sink;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Ref;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Unref;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure WeakRef (Notify:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure WeakUnref (notify:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkData = class (TFPgtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkData;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDisconnect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDisconnect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkAdjustment = class (TFPgtkData)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetValue : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetValue (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetLower : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetLower (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetUpper : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUpper (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetStepIncrement : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetStepIncrement (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPageIncrement : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPageIncrement (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPageSize : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPageSize (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Configure (aLower:gfloat; anUpper:gfloat; aValue:gfloat; aStepInc:gfloat; aPageInc:gfloat; aPageSize:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectValueChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterValueChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ValueChanged;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Changed;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ClampPage (aLower:gfloat; aUpper:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Value : gfloat read GetValue write SetValue;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Lower : gfloat read GetLower write SetLower;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Upper : gfloat read GetUpper write SetUpper;
|
|
|
|
|
- property StepIncrement : gfloat read GetStepIncrement write SetStepIncrement;
|
|
|
|
|
- property PageIncrement : gfloat read GetPageIncrement write SetPageIncrement;
|
|
|
|
|
- property PageSize : gfloat read GetPageSize write SetPageSize;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkToolTips = class (TFPgtkData)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetEnabled : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetEnabled (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDelay : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDelay (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetColorForeground : PGdkColor;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColorForeground (TheValue : PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetColorBackground : PGdkColor;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColorBackground (TheValue : PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkToolTips;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColors (Fore:PGdkColor; Back:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTip (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TipText:string; TipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Enabled : boolean read GetEnabled write SetEnabled;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Delay : integer read GetDelay write SetDelay;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ColorForeground : PGdkColor read GetColorForeground write SetColorForeground;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ColorBackground : PGdkColor read GetColorBackground write SetColorBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ForceWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEvent; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventButtonFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventButton; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventMotionFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventMotion; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventExposeFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventExpose; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventKeyFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventKey; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventCrossing; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventConfigure; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventFocusFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventFocus; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventProperty; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventSelection; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventProximityFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventProximity; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventClientFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventClient; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventNoExpose; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkWidget = class (TFPgtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTheGtkWidget : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTheGtkWidget (TheValue : PGtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAllocation : TGtkAllocation;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetName : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetName (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPropFlags : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPropFlags (TheValue : longint);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetState : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSavedState : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetParent : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetParent (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetParentWindow : PGdkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetParentWindow (TheValue : PGdkWindow);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Reparent (NewParent:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVisible : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetVisible (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetNoWindow : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetNoWindow (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetRealized : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetRealized (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetMapped : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetMapped (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDrawable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetIsSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSensitive (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetParentSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetParentSensitive (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAppPaintable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCanFocus : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetCanFocus (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHasFocus : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCanDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetCanDefault (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHasDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetReceivesDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCompositeChild : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTooltip : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTooltip (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetColormap : PGdkColormap;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColormap (TheValue : PGdkColormap);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetFlags (NewFlags:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnsetFlags (NewUnsetFlags:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Map;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Unmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure QueueDraw;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure QueueResize;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DrawFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DrawDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- property TheGtkWidget : PGtkWidget read GetTheGtkWidget write SetTheGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- function WidgetSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function WidgetSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Draw (Rectangle:PGdkRectangle); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Show;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Hide;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Realize;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Unrealize;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ShowNow;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ShowAll;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure HideAll;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAllocation (AnAllocation:TGtkAllocation); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAllocation (x:integer; y:integer; width:integer; height:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Allocation : TGtkAllocation read GetAllocation write SetAllocation;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUPosition (x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUsize (width:integer; height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Name : string read GetName write SetName;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Flags : longint read GetPropFlags write SetPropFlags;
|
|
|
|
|
- property State : longint read GetState;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SavedState : longint read GetSavedState;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Parent : TFPgtkWidget read GetParent write SetParent;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ParentWindow : PGdkWindow read GetParentWindow write SetParentWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Unparent;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Visible : boolean read GetVisible write SetVisible;
|
|
|
|
|
- property NoWindow : boolean read GetNoWindow write SetNoWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Realized : boolean read GetRealized write SetRealized;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Mapped : boolean read GetMapped write SetMapped;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Drawable : boolean read GetDrawable;
|
|
|
|
|
- property IsSensitive : boolean read GetIsSensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Sensitive : boolean read GetSensitive write SetSensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ParentSensitive : boolean read GetParentSensitive write SetParentSensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AppPaintable : boolean read GetAppPaintable;
|
|
|
|
|
- property CanFocus : boolean read GetCanFocus write SetCanFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GrabFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
- property HasFocus : boolean read GetHasFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
- property CanDefault : boolean read GetCanDefault write SetCanDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GrabDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
- property HasDefault : boolean read GetHasDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ReceivesDefault : boolean read GetReceivesDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
- property CompositeChild : boolean read GetCompositeChild;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Tooltip : string read GetTooltip write SetTooltip;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure HideOnDelete;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Colormap : PGdkColormap read GetColormap write SetColormap;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectShow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterShow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function Connecthide (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterhide (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function Connectmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAftermap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function Connectunmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterunmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function Connectrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function Connectunrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterunrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDrawFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDrawFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDrawDefault (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDrawDefault (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectParentSet (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterParentSet (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectGrabFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterGrabFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventButtonConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventButtonConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectButtonPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterButtonPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectButtonReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterButtonReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventMotionConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventMotionConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectMotionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterMotionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDeleteEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDeleteEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDestroyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDestroyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventExposeConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventExposeConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventKeyConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventKeyConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectKeyPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterKeyPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectKeyReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterKeyReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventCrossingConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventCrossingConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectEnterNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterEnterNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectLeaveNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterLeaveNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventConfigureConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventConfigureConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectConfigureEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterConfigureEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventFocusConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventFocusConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectFocusInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterFocusInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectFocusOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterFocusOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectMapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterMapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectUnmapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterUnmapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventPropertyConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventPropertyConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectPropertyNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterPropertyNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventSelectionConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventSelectionConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectionClearEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectionClearEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectionRequestEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectionRequestEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventProximityConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventProximityConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectProximityInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterProximityInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectProximityOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterProximityOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventClientConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventClientConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectClientEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterClientEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventNoExposeConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function EventNoExposeConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectNoExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterNoExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectVisibilityNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterVisibilityNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure LockAccelerators;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnlockAccelerators;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RemoveAccelerators (aSignal:string; OnlyVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ActivateAccelGroups (Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AcceleratorAdd (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; acFlags:TGtkAccelFlags); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkForEachProcedure = procedure (item : pointer; data : pointer) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkGroup = class (TList)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FManageLists : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- FListChanged:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- FSListChanged:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- FClassesChanged:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- FNotUpdating:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGList:PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGSList:PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- function CreateGList : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
- function CreateGSList : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetGtkListProp : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetGtkListProp (TheValue : PGList);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetGtkSListProp : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetGtkSListProp (TheValue : PGSList);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure BuildFromGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure BuildFromGtkSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Notify (ptr:pointer; Action:TListNotification); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetData (index:integer) : pointer; Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
- function UngetData (data:pointer) : pointer; Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- property ManageLists : boolean read FManageLists write FManageLists;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetGtkList (buffered:boolean) : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetGtkSList (buffered:boolean) : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure BeginUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure EndUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ForEach (Proc:TFPgtkForEachProcedure; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property GtkList : PGList read GetGtkListProp write SetGtkListProp;
|
|
|
|
|
- property GtkSList : PGSList read GetGtkSListProp write SetGtkSListProp;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkWidgetGroup = class (TFPgtkGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetItem(Index:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetItem (Index:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTooltips(index:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTooltips (index:integer; TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetData (index:integer) : pointer; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- function UnGetData (data:pointer) : pointer; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AddToContainer (Container:TFPgtkContainer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PackInBox (box:TFPgtkBox; AtStart:boolean; Expanding:boolean; Fill:boolean; Padding:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Items [Index:integer] : TFPgtkWidget read GetItem write SetItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Tooltips [index:integer] : string read GetTooltips write SetTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMisc = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetXAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetXAlign (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetYAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetYAlign (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetXPad : word;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetXPad (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetYPad : word;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetYPad (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkMisc;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAlignment (x:gfloat; y:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPadding (x:word; y:word);
|
|
|
|
|
- property XAlign : gfloat read GetXAlign write SetXAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
- property YAlign : gfloat read GetYAlign write SetYAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
- property XPad : word read GetXPad write SetXPad;
|
|
|
|
|
- property YPad : word read GetYPad write SetYPad;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkLabelClass = class of TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkLabel = class (TFPgtkMisc)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPattern : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPattern (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetJustify : TGtkJustification;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetJustify (TheValue : TGtkJustification);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetLineWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetLineWrap (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Pattern : string read GetPattern write SetPattern;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Justify : TGtkJustification read GetJustify write SetJustify;
|
|
|
|
|
- property LineWrap : boolean read GetLineWrap write SetLineWrap;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ParseUline (aText:string) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkAccelLabel = class (TFPgtkLabel)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAccelWidget : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAccelWidget (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkAccelLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AccelWidget : TFPgtkWidget read GetAccelWidget write SetAccelWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- function AccelText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Refetch;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTipsQuery = class (TFPgtkLabel)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkTipsQuery;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkArrow = class (TFPgtkMisc)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetArrowType : TGtkArrowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetArrowType (TheValue : TGtkArrowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkArrow;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ArrowType : TGtkArrowType read GetArrowType write SetArrowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShadowType : TGtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTypes (AnArrowType:TGtkArrowType; AShadowtype:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (AnArrowType:TGtkArrowType; AShadowType:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkImage = class (TFPgtkMisc)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetImageProp : PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetImageProp (TheValue : PGdkImage);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetMask : PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetMask (TheValue : PGdkBitMap);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
- FMask:PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
- FImage:PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Image : PGdkImage read GetImageProp write SetImageProp;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Mask : PGdkBitMap read GetMask write SetMask;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetImage (anImage:PGdkImage; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (anImage:PGdkImage; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TStringArray = array[0..32000] of pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
- PStringArray = ^TStringArray;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkPixmap = class (TFPgtkMisc)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetBuildInsensitive : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetBuildInsensitive (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPixmapProp : PGdkPixMap;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPixmapProp (TheValue : PGdkPixMap);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetMask : PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetMask (TheValue : PGdkBitMap);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- FMask:PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
- FPixMap:PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- property BuildInsensitive : longbool read GetBuildInsensitive write SetBuildInsensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor CreateFromFile (Filename:string; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor CreateFromStrings (Data:TStrings; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor CreateFromText (Data:string; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- property PixMap : PGdkPixMap read GetPixmapProp write SetPixmapProp;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Mask : PGdkBitMap read GetMask write SetMask;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPixmap (aPixmap:PGdkPixMap; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetPixmap (var aPixmap:PGdkPixmap; var aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure LoadFromFile (Filename:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure LoadFromStrings (data:TStrings);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure LoadFromText (data:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure LoadFromArray (data:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Direction:TGtkDirectionType; data:pointer): TGtkDirectionType of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkContainer = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetBorder : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetBorder (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetChildren : TFPgtkWidgetGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
- FChildren:TFPgtkWidgetGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Border : integer read GetBorder write SetBorder;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Remove (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Children : TFPgtkWidgetGroup read GetChildren;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Focus (Direction:TGtkDirectionType);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FocusChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RegisterToplevel;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnregisterToplevel;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ResizeChildren;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DirectionFunctionSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DirectionFunctionSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAdd (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterAdd (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectRemove (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterRemove (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectCheckResize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterCheckResize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectFocus (proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterFocus (proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSetFocusChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSetFocusChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkBin = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetChild : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetChild (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- property Child : TFPgtkWidget read GetChild write SetChild;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkBin;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkAlignment = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkAlignment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Configure (anXAlign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat; anXScale:gfloat; anYScale:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFrame = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAlignment : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAlignment (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShadowType : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkFrame;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Alignment : gfloat read GetAlignment write SetAlignment;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShadowType : TgtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkAspectFrame = class (TFPgtkFrame)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkAspectFrame;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Configure (anXAlign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat; Ratio:gfloat; ObeyChild:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButton = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FAccelKey : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- FAddContainer : TFPgtkContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
- FLabel : TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetReliefStyle : TGtkReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetReliefStyle (TheValue : TGtkReliefStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- function LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass; Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure LabelCreated; Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectClicked (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterClicked (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectPressed (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterPressed (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectReleased (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterReleased (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectEnter (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterEnter (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectLeave (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterLeave (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Clicked;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Pressed;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Released;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Enter;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Leave;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor CreateWithLabel (aText:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor CreateWithLabel (aText:string; AccelGroup:PGtkAccelGroup); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- property TheLabel : TFPgtkLabel read FLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ReliefStyle : TGtkReliefStyle read GetReliefStyle write SetReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AddContainer : TFPgtkContainer read FAddContainer write FAddContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AccelKey : guint read FAccelKey;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkToggleButton = class (TFPgtkButton)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetActive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetActive (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDrawIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDrawIndicator (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectToggled (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterToggled (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Toggled;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Active : boolean read GetActive write SetActive;
|
|
|
|
|
- property DrawIndicator : boolean read GetDrawIndicator write SetDrawIndicator;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCheckButton = class (TFPgtkToggleButton)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkCheckButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRadioButton = class (TFPgtkCheckButton)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor CreateWithLabel (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup; aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup = class (TFPgtkWidgetGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetItem(index:integer) : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetItem (index:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkRadioButton);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- property Items [index:integer] : TFPgtkRadioButton read GetItem write SetItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ActiveButtonText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ActiveButtonIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ActiveButton : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkOptionMenu = class (TFPgtkButton)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetMenu : TFPgtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure setmenu (TheValue : TFPgtkMenu);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkOptionMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Menu : TFPgtkMenu read GetMenu write setmenu;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RemoveMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHistory (index:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkItemClass = class of TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkItem = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FAccelKey : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- FAddContainer : TFPgtkContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
- FLabel : TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- function LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass; Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure LabelCreated; Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDeselect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDeselect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectToggle (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterToggle (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Select;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Toggle;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor CreateWithLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- property TheLabel : TFPgtkLabel read FLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AddContainer : TFPgtkContainer read FAddContainer write FAddContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AccelKey : guint read FAccelKey;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkItemGroup = class (TFPgtkWidgetGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FItemClass : TFPgtkItemClass;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetItem(index:integer) : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetItem (index:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkItem);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- property Items [index:integer] : TFPgtkItem read GetItem write SetItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FillFromList (aList:TStrings);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FillFromCommaText (aList:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FillFromArray (aList:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
- property ItemClass : TFPgtkItemClass read FItemClass write FItemClass;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SignalConnect (Signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor create (AnItemClass:TFPgtkItemClass);
|
|
|
|
|
- function AddTextItem (aText:string) : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenuItem = class (TFPgtkItem)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPlacement : TGtkSubmenuPlacement;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPlacement (TheValue : TGtkSubmenuPlacement);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetToggleIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetToggleIndicator (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSubMenuIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSubMenuIndicator (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetJustifyRight : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetJustifyRight (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSubMenu : TFPgtkMenuShell;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPropSubMenu (TheValue : TFPgtkMenuShell);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- function LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure LabelCreated; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectActivate (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterActivate (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectActivateItem (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterActivateItem (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Activate;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSubMenu (aSubMenu:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RemoveSubMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Configure (ShowToggleIndicator:boolean; ShowSubmenuIndicator:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RightJustify;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Placement : TGtkSubmenuPlacement read GetPlacement write SetPlacement;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ToggleIndicator : boolean read GetToggleIndicator write SetToggleIndicator;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SubMenuIndicator : boolean read GetSubMenuIndicator write SetSubMenuIndicator;
|
|
|
|
|
- property JustifyRight : boolean read GetJustifyRight write SetJustifyRight;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SubMenu : TFPgtkMenuShell read GetSubMenu write SetPropSubMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCheckMenuItem = class (TFPgtkMenuItem)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetActive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetActive (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShowToggle : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShowToggle (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkCheckMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectToggled (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterToggled (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Toggled;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Active : boolean read GetActive write SetActive;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShowToggle : boolean read GetShowToggle write SetShowToggle;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRadioMenuItem = class (TFPgtkCheckMenuItem)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup : TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor CreateWithLabel (Agroup:TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup; aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Group : TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup read FGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup = class (TFPgtkItemGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetItem(index:integer) : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetItem (index:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- property Items [index:integer] : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem read GetItem write SetItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ActiveMenuText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ActiveMenuIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ActiveMenu : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor create;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem = class (TFPgtkMenuItem)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkTearOffMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; position:gfloat; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; ScrolType:TgtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkListItem = class (TFPgtkItem)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkListItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ScrollSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ScrollSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ScrollBooleanSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectStartSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterStartSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectEndSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterEndSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectScrollHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterScrollHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Select;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkListItemGroup = class (TFPgtkItemGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor create;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTreeItem = class (TFPgtkItem)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSubTree : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSubTree (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPixPlus : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPixMinus : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetExpanded : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetExpanded (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkTreeItem;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SubTree : TFPgtkWidget read GetSubTree write SetSubTree;
|
|
|
|
|
- property PixPlus : TFPgtkWidget read GetPixPlus;
|
|
|
|
|
- property PixMinus : TFPgtkWidget read GetPixMinus;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Expanded : boolean read GetExpanded write SetExpanded;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Select;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Expand;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Collapse;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectCollapse (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterCollapse (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectExpand (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterExpand (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- DialogResultCallback = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkWindow; DialogResult:pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
- Action:integer; initiator:TFPgtkObject) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
- DialogInitCallback = procedure (Sender : TFPgtkWindow; InitData : pointer) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkWindowClass = class of TFPgtkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkWindow = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FAccelGroups:TList;
|
|
|
|
|
- FMainLevel : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- FModalAction : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- FOnDialogInit : DialogInitCallback;
|
|
|
|
|
- FOnDialogResult : DialogResultCallback;
|
|
|
|
|
- FDialogResult : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
- TheWindowType:TGtkWindowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetWindowType : TGtkWindowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetWindowType (TheValue : TGtkWindowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTitle : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTitle (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetModal : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetModal (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetModalAction (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ExecuteEnds (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetUserSizable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUserSizable (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPosition : TGtkWindowPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPosition (TheValue : TGtkWindowPosition);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAccelGroups(ID:integer) : PGtkAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- property DialogResult : pointer read FDialogResult write FDialogResult;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DoDialogResult (Action:integer; Sender:TFPgtkObject); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DoDialogInit (InitData:pointer); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (AType:TGtkWindowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- property WindowType : TGtkWindowType read GetWindowType write SetWindowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Title : string read GetTitle write SetTitle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Modal : boolean read GetModal write SetModal;
|
|
|
|
|
- property OnDialogResult : DialogResultCallback read FOnDialogResult write FOnDialogResult;
|
|
|
|
|
- property OnDialogInit : DialogInitCallback read FOnDialogInit write FOnDialogInit;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Close;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CloseWindow (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CloseWithResult (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property ModalAction : integer read FModalAction write SetModalAction;
|
|
|
|
|
- property MainLevel : guint read FMainLevel;
|
|
|
|
|
- function Execute (anOnDialogInit:DialogInitCallBack; anInitData:pointer; anOnDialogResult:DialogResultCallBack) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSetFocus (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSetFocus (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTransientFor (aParent:TFPgtkWindow);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DefaultWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FocusedWidget (NewFocus:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- property UserSizable : boolean read GetUserSizable write SetUserSizable;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ActivateFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ActivateDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDefaultSize (Width:gint; Height:gint);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Position : TGtkWindowPosition read GetPosition write SetPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AccelGroups [ID:integer] : PGtkAccelGroup read GetAccelGroups;
|
|
|
|
|
- function AccelGroupNew : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AccelGroupDelete (ID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AcceleratorAdd (AG:integer; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; acFlags:TGtkAccelFlags); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AcceleratorRemove (AG:integer; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AccelGroupLock (AG:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AccelGroupUnlock (AG:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AccelGroupActivate (AG:integer; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog = class (TFPgtkWindow)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetColorSel : TFPgtkColorSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButtonOK : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButtonHelp : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkColorSelectionDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ColorSel : TFPgtkColorSelection read GetColorSel;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ButtonOK : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonOK;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonCancel;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ButtonHelp : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonHelp;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkDialog = class (TFPgtkWindow)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetActionArea : TFPgtkHBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVBox : TFPgtkVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ActionArea : TFPgtkHBox read GetActionArea;
|
|
|
|
|
- property VBox : TFPgtkVBox read GetVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor create;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkInputDialog; DeviceID:integer; Data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkInputDialog = class (TFPgtkDialog)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButtonClose : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButtonSave : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkInputDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ButtonClose : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonClose;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ButtonSave : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonSave;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DeviceSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DeviceSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectEnableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterEnableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDisableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDisableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFileSelection = class (TFPgtkWindow)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFilename : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetFilename (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDirList : TFPgtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFileList : TFPgtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetOkButton : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCancelButton : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHistoryPulldown : TFPgtkOptionMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFileOpDialog : TFPgtkDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFileOpCreateDir : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFileOpDelFile : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFileOpRenFile : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkFileSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Filename : string read GetFilename write SetFilename;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Complete (Pattern:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ShowFileOpButtons;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure HideFileOpButtons;
|
|
|
|
|
- property DirList : TFPgtkCList read GetDirList;
|
|
|
|
|
- property FileList : TFPgtkCList read GetFileList;
|
|
|
|
|
- property OkButton : TFPgtkButton read GetOkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- property CancelButton : TFPgtkButton read GetCancelButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- property HistoryPulldown : TFPgtkOptionMenu read GetHistoryPulldown;
|
|
|
|
|
- property FileOpDialog : TFPgtkDialog read GetFileOpDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
- property FileOpCreateDir : TFPgtkButton read GetFileOpCreateDir;
|
|
|
|
|
- property FileOpDelFile : TFPgtkButton read GetFileOpDelFile;
|
|
|
|
|
- property FileOpRenFile : TFPgtkButton read GetFileOpRenFile;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog = class (TFPgtkWindow)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFontSel : TFPgtkFontSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButtonOk : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButtonApply : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkFontSelectionDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
- property FontSel : TFPgtkFontSelection read GetFontSel;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ButtonOk : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonOk;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ButtonApply : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonApply;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonCancel;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEventBox = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkEventBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHandleBox = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShadowType : TGtkShadowtype;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TGtkShadowtype);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHandlePosition : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHandlePosition (TheValue : TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSnapEdge : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSnapEdge (TheValue : TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetChildDetached : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkHandleBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShadowType : TGtkShadowtype read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- property HandlePosition : TGtkPositionType read GetHandlePosition write SetHandlePosition;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SnapEdge : TGtkPositionType read GetSnapEdge write SetSnapEdge;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ChildDetached : boolean read GetChildDetached;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectChildAttached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterChildAttached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectChildDetached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterChildDetached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkScrolledWindow = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FVScroll:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- FHScroll:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHPolicy : TGtkPolicyType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHPolicy (TheValue : TGtkPolicyType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVPolicy : TGtkPolicyType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetVPolicy (TheValue : TGtkPolicyType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetVAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPlacement : TGtkCornerType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPlacement (TheValue : TGtkCornerType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkScrolledWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- property HPolicy : TGtkPolicyType read GetHPolicy write SetHPolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
- property VPolicy : TGtkPolicyType read GetVPolicy write SetVPolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPolicy (aHScrollBar:TGtkPolicyType; aVScrollbar:TGtkPolicyType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPolicy (aPolicy:TGtkPolicyType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- property HAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdjustment write SetHAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- property VAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdjustment write SetVAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AddWithViewport (aChild:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Placement : TGtkCornerType read GetPlacement write SetPlacement;
|
|
|
|
|
- property HScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar read GetHScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- property VScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar read GetVScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UpdatePolicy (UpdPolicy:TGtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkViewport = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FVScroll:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- FHScroll:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetVAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShadowType : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkViewport;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- property HAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdjustment write SetHAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- property VAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdjustment write SetVAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShadowType : TgtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkBox = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHomogeneous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHomogeneous (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSpacing : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSpacing (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Homogeneous : boolean read GetHomogeneous write SetHomogeneous;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Spacing : integer read GetSpacing write SetSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ReorderChild (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetChildPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var Expand:boolean; var Fill:boolean; var Padding:integer; var PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetChildPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Expand:boolean; Fill:boolean; Padding:integer; PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButtonBox = class (TFPgtkBox)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSpacing : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSpacing (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetLayout : TGtkButtonBoxStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetLayout (TheValue : TGtkButtonBoxStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetMinWidth : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetMinWidth (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetMinHeight : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetMinHeight (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetChildPadX : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetChildPadX (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetChildPadY : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetChildPadY (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Spacing : integer read GetSpacing write SetSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Layout : TGtkButtonBoxStyle read GetLayout write SetLayout;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ChildMinWidth : integer read GetMinWidth write SetMinWidth;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ChildMinHeight : integer read GetMinHeight write SetMinHeight;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ChildPadX : integer read GetChildPadX write SetChildPadX;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ChildPadY : integer read GetChildPadY write SetChildPadY;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHButtonBox = class (TFPgtkButtonBox)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkHButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVButtonBox = class (TFPgtkButtonBox)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkVButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVBox = class (TFPgtkBox)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkColorSelection = class (TFPgtkVBox)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetUpdatePolicy : TGtkUpdateType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue : TGtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetColor : double;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColor (TheValue : double);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetUseOpacity : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUseOpacity (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkColorSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- property UpdatePolicy : TGtkUpdateType read GetUpdatePolicy write SetUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Color : double read GetColor write SetColor;
|
|
|
|
|
- property UseOpacity : longbool read GetUseOpacity write SetUseOpacity;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkGammaCurve = class (TFPgtkVBOX)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkGammaCurve;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHBox = class (TFPgtkBox)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkHBox;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCombo = class (TFPgtkHBox)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetEntry : TFPgtkEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetList : TFPgtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButton : TFpGtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetValueInList : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetValueInListProp (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetOkIfEmpty : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetOkIfEmpty (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetUseArrows : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUseArrows (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetUseArrowsAlways : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUseArrowsAlways (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCaseSensitive : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetCaseSensitive (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkCombo;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Entry : TFPgtkEntry read GetEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
- property List : TFPgtkList read GetList;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Button : TFpGtkButton read GetButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ValueInList : longbool read GetValueInList write SetValueInListProp;
|
|
|
|
|
- property OkIfEmpty : longbool read GetOkIfEmpty write SetOkIfEmpty;
|
|
|
|
|
- property UseArrows : longbool read GetUseArrows write SetUseArrows;
|
|
|
|
|
- property UseArrowsAlways : longbool read GetUseArrowsAlways write SetUseArrowsAlways;
|
|
|
|
|
- property CaseSensitive : longbool read GetCaseSensitive write SetCaseSensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetItemString (Item:TFPgtkItem; ItemValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DisableActivate;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetValueInList (Val:longbool; IsOkIfEmpty:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; contextID:integer; text:string; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkStatusbar = class (TFPgtkHBox)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkStatusbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetContextID (ContextDescr:string) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function Push (contextID:integer; text:string) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Pop (contextID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Remove (contextID:integer; MessageID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function StatusbarSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function StatusbarSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectTextPopped (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterTextPopped (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectTextPushed (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterTextPushed (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; position:gfloat; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; row:integer; column:integer; event:PGdkEventButton; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; arg1:integer; arg2:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; column:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; column:integer; width:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCList = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- compare : TGtkCListCompareFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
- FColumnCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSelectionMode (TheValue : TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetColumnTitle(column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColumnTitle (column:integer; TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetColumnWidget(column:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColumnWidget (column:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCellText(Row:integer; Column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetCellText (Row:integer; Column:integer; TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCellStyle(row:integer; column:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetCellStyle (row:integer; column:integer; TheValue : PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetRowStyle(row:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetRowStyle (row:integer; TheValue : PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetRowData(row:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetRowData (row:integer; TheValue : pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetCompareFunc (TheValue : TGtkCListCompareFunc);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSortColumn : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSortColumn (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSetSortType : TGtkSortType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSetSortType (TheValue : TGtkSortType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetVAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (aColumnCount:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property ColumnCount : integer read FColumnCount;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShadowType : TGtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode read GetSelectionMode write SetSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ShowTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure HideTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ActiveTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PassiveTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ActiveTitle (column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PassiveTitle (column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property ColumnTitle [column:integer] : string read GetColumnTitle write SetColumnTitle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ColumnWidget [column:integer] : TFPgtkWidget read GetColumnWidget write SetColumnWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColumnJustification (column:integer; justification:TGtkJustification);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColumnVisibility (column:integer; aVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColumnResizeable (column:integer; Resizeable:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColumnAutoResize (column:integer; autoResize:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function OptimalColumnWidth (column:integer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColumnWidth (column:integer; width:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColumnMinWidth (column:integer; MinWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColumnMaxWidth (column:integer; MaxWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function AutoSizeColumns : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ConfigureColumnWidth (column:integer; Width:integer; MinWidth:integer; MaxWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ConfigureColumn (column:integer; Justification:TGtkJustification; Visibility:boolean; Resizeable:boolean; AutoSize:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetRowHeight (height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure MoveTo (row:integer; column:integer; RowAlign:gfloat; ColAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function RowIsVisible (Row:integer) : TGtkVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCellType (Row:integer; column:integer) : TGtkCellType;
|
|
|
|
|
- property CellText [Row:integer; Column:integer] : string read GetCellText write SetCellText;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPixmap (row:integer; column:integer; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetPixmap (row:integer; column:integer; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPixText (row:integer; column:integer; text:string; spacing:guint8; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetPixText (row:integer; column:integer; var text:string; var aspacing:guint8; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetForeground (row:integer; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetBackground (row:integer; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
- property CellStyle [row:integer; column:integer] : PGtkStyle read GetCellStyle write SetCellStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property RowStyle [row:integer] : PGtkStyle read GetRowStyle write SetRowStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShift (row:integer; column:integer; vertical:integer; horizontal:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Remove (row:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Prepend (Data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Prepend (Text:string; separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Prepend (data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Append (data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Append (Text:string; Separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Append (data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Insert (row:integer; data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Insert (row:integer; Text:string; Separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Insert (row:integer; data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- property RowData [row:integer] : pointer read GetRowData write SetRowData;
|
|
|
|
|
- function FindRowFromData (data:pointer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectRow (row:integer; column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnselectRow (row:integer; column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnselectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SwapRows (row1:integer; row2:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RowMove (sourceRow:integer; destRow:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Sort;
|
|
|
|
|
- property CompareFunc : TGtkCListCompareFunc read compare write SetCompareFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SortColumn : integer read GetSortColumn write SetSortColumn;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SetSortType : TGtkSortType read GetSetSortType write SetSetSortType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAutoSort (autoSort:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- property HAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdjustment write SetHAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- property VAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdjustment write SetVAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetReorderable (reorderable:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function Count : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function CListScrollSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function CListScrollSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function CListScrollBooleanSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function CListScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function SelectRowSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function SelectRowSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectUnselectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterUnselectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function MoveSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function MoveSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectRowMove (proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterRowMove (proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectScrolHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterScrolHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectStartSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterStartSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectEndSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterEndSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAbortColumnResize (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterAbortColumnResize (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ColumnClickedSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ColumnClickedSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectClickColumn (proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterClickColumn (proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ResizeColumnSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ResizeColumnSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectResizeColumn (proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterResizeColumn (proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCTreeFunction = procedure (TheTree:TFPgtkCTree; TheNode:PGtkCTreeNode; data:pointer) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCTree = class (TFPgtkCList)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FTreeColumn:integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetLineStyle : TGtkCTreeLineStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetLineStyle (TheValue : TGtkCTreeLineStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShowStub : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShowStub (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetExpanderStyle : TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetExpanderStyle (TheValue : TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSpacing : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSpacing (TheValue : guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetIndent : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetIndent (TheValue : guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTreeColumn : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetNodeCellText(Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetNodeCellText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer; TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetNodeSelectable(Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetNodeSelectable (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetNodeCellStyle(Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetNodeCellStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; TheValue : PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetNodeRowStyle(Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetNodeRowStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue : PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetNodeData(Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetNodeData (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue : pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCompareDragFunc : TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetCompareDragFunc (TheValue : TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkCTree;
|
|
|
|
|
- property LineStyle : TGtkCTreeLineStyle read GetLineStyle write SetLineStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShowStub : boolean read GetShowStub write SetShowStub;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ExpanderStyle : TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle read GetExpanderStyle write SetExpanderStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Spacing : guint read GetSpacing write SetSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Indent : guint read GetIndent write SetIndent;
|
|
|
|
|
- property TreeColumn : integer read GetTreeColumn;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (aColumnCount:integer; aTreeColumn:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RemoveNode (node:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- function InsertNode (aParent:PGtkCTreeNode; Sibling:PGtkCTreeNode; data:string; aSpacing:guint8; PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean) : PGtkCTreeNode; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- function InsertNode (aParent:PGtkCTreeNode; Sibling:PGtkCTreeNode; data:string; aSpacing:guint8; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean) : PGtkCTreeNode; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PostRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PostRecursiveToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PreRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PreRecursiveToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure IsViewable (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure LastChild (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- function IsChild (anAncestor:PGtkCTreeNode; aChild:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- function IsAncestor (anAncestor:PGtkCTreeNode; aChild:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- function IsHotSpot (X:integer; Y:integer) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure MoveNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; NewParent:PGtkCTreeNode; NewSibling:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Expand (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ExpandRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ExpandToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Collapse (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CollapseRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CollapseToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnselectNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnselectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RealSelectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aState:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function NodeGetCellType (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer) : TGtkCellType;
|
|
|
|
|
- property NodeCellText [Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer] : string read GetNodeCellText write SetNodeCellText;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NodeSetPixmap (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NodeGetPixmap (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NodeSetPixText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; text:string; aspacing:guint8; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NodeGetPixText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; var text:string; var aspacing:guint8; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetNodeInfo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aText:string; aSpacing:guint8; PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetNodeInfo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; var aText:string; var aSpacing:guint8; var PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; var MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; var PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; var MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; var IsLeaf:boolean; var Expanded:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NodeSetShift (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; vertical:integer; horizontal:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property NodeSelectable [Node:PGtkCTreeNode] : boolean read GetNodeSelectable write SetNodeSelectable;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NodeSetForeground (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NodeSetBackground (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
- property NodeCellStyle [Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer] : PGtkStyle read GetNodeCellStyle write SetNodeCellStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property NodeRowStyle [Node:PGtkCTreeNode] : PGtkStyle read GetNodeRowStyle write SetNodeRowStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property NodeData [Node:PGtkCTreeNode] : pointer read GetNodeData write SetNodeData;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NodeMoveTo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; RowAlign:gfloat; ColAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function IsVisible (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode) : TGtkVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
- property CompareDragFunc : TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc read GetCompareDragFunc write SetCompareDragFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SortNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SortRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
- function NthNode (Row:integer) : PGtkCTreeNode;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFixed = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkFixed;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Put (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Move (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetPos (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var PosX:integer; var PosY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; PageRec:PGtkNotebookPage; aPageNum:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkNotebook = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPageIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPageIndex (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPage : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPage (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTabPos : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTabPos (TheValue : TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShowTabs : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShowTabs (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShowBorder : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShowBorder (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetScrollable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetScrollable (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHomogenous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHomogenous (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTabHBorder : word;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTabHBorder (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTabVBorder : word;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTabVBorder (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkNotebook;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AppendPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AppendPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PrependPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PrependPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure InsertPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure InsertPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RemovePage (PageNumber:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function PageNumberOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure NextPage;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PrevPage;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ReorderPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; PageNum:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property PageIndex : integer read GetPageIndex write SetPageIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Page : TFPgtkWidget read GetPage write SetPage;
|
|
|
|
|
- property TabPos : TGtkPositionType read GetTabPos write SetTabPos;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShowTabs : boolean read GetShowTabs write SetShowTabs;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShowBorder : boolean read GetShowBorder write SetShowBorder;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Scrollable : boolean read GetScrollable write SetScrollable;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Homogenous : boolean read GetHomogenous write SetHomogenous;
|
|
|
|
|
- property TabHBorder : word read GetTabHBorder write SetTabHBorder;
|
|
|
|
|
- property TabVBorder : word read GetTabVBorder write SetTabVBorder;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTabBorders (BorderWidth:word);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetMenuLabelOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetMenuLabel (Child:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTabLabelOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTabLabel (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetChildOnPage (PageNum:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetTabLabelPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var Expand:boolean; var Fill:boolean; var PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTabLabelPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Expand:boolean; Fill:boolean; PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure EnablePopup;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DisablePopup;
|
|
|
|
|
- function PageSwitchSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function PageSwitchSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSwitchPage (proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSwitchPage (proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkFontSelection = class (TFPgtkNotebook)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFontName : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetFontName (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPreviewText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPreviewText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkFontSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- property FontName : string read GetFontName write SetFontName;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFont : PGdkFont;
|
|
|
|
|
- property PreviewText : string read GetPreviewText write SetPreviewText;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetFilter (FilterType:TGtkFontFilterType; FontType:TGtkFontType; Foundries:array of string; Weights:array of string; Slants:array of string; SetWidths:array of string; Spacings:array of string; CharSets:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkPaned = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetGutterSize : word;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetGutterSize (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHandleSize : word;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHandleSize (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPosition : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPosition (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
- property GutterSize : word read GetGutterSize write SetGutterSize;
|
|
|
|
|
- property HandleSize : word read GetHandleSize write SetHandleSize;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Position : integer read GetPosition write SetPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ComputePosition (AnAllocation:integer; Child1Req:integer; Child2Req:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Pack1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; isVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Pack1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Pack2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Pack2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHPaned = class (TFPgtkPaned)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkHPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVPaned = class (TFPgtkPaned)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkVPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkLayout = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHAdj (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetVAdj (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkLayout;
|
|
|
|
|
- property HAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdj write SetHAdj;
|
|
|
|
|
- property VAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdj write SetVAdj;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Put (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Put (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Move (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSize (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkList = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSelectionMode (TheValue : TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode read GetSelectionMode write SetSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure InsertItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AppendItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PrependItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RemoveItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RemoveItemsNoUnref (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ClearItems (FromItem:integer; ToItem:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ClearAll;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnselectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnselectChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function ChildPosition (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ExtendSelection (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure StartSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure EndSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnselectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ScrollHorizontal (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ScrollVertical (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ToggleAddMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ToggleFocusRow;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ToggleRow (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UndoSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure EndDragSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetSelection (aGroup:TFPgtkGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; dir:TGtkMenuDirectionType; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenuShell = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuShell;
|
|
|
|
|
- function MoveCurrentSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function MoveCurrentSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ActivateItem (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; ForceDeactivate:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectItem (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DeActivate;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Prepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Prepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Insert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Insert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Append (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Append (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDeActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDeActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectionDone (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectionDone (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectCancel (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterCancel (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectMoveCurrent (proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterMoveCurrent (proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectActivateCurrent (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterActivateCurrent (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenuBar = class (TFPgtkMenuShell)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShadow : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShadow (TheValue : TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuBar;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Shadow : TgtkShadowType read GetShadow write SetShadow;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenuDetachFunction = procedure (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; menu:TFPgtkMenu) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenuPosFunction = procedure (menu:TFPgtkMenu; var x,y:integer; data:pointer) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMenu = class (TFPgtkMenuShell)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTitle (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetActive : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetActive (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetActiveIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetActiveIndex (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTearOffState : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTearOffState (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAttachedTo : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAttachedTo (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAccelGroup : PGtkAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAccelGroup (TheValue : PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
- FDetacher:TFPgtkMenuDetachFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ReorderChild (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Popup (button:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Popup (ParentShell:TFPgtkWidget; ParentItem:TFPgtkWidget; func:TFPgtkMenuPosFunction; data:pointer; button:guint; ActivateTime:guint32); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PopDown;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Reposition;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AttachToWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; detacher:TFPgtkMenuDetachFunction);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Detach;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Title : string write SetTitle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Active : TFPgtkWidget read GetActive write SetActive;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ActiveIndex : integer read GetActiveIndex write SetActiveIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
- property TearOffState : boolean read GetTearOffState write SetTearOffState;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AttachedTo : TFPgtkWidget read GetAttachedTo write SetAttachedTo;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AccelGroup : PGtkAccelGroup read GetAccelGroup write SetAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkPacker = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSpacing : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSpacing (TheValue : guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkPacker;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ReorderChild (aChild:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Spacing : guint read GetSpacing write SetSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DefaultBorder (aBorder:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DefaultPad (PadX:guint; PadY:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DefaultIPad (IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Configure (aChild:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTable = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetRowCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetColCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHomogeneous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHomogeneous (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetRowSpacings : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetRowSpacings (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetColSpacings : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetColSpacings (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkTable;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (AColumns:integer; ARows:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Resize (AColumns:integer; ARows:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; XOptions:integer; YOptions:integer; XPadding:integer; YPadding:integer; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; XOptions:integer; YOptions:integer; XPadding:integer; YPadding:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property RowCount : integer read GetRowCount;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ColCount : integer read GetColCount;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Homogeneous : boolean read GetHomogeneous write SetHomogeneous;
|
|
|
|
|
- property RowSpacings : integer read GetRowSpacings write SetRowSpacings;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ColSpacings : integer read GetColSpacings write SetColSpacings;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetOneRowSpacing (row:integer; TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetOneColSpacing (Column:integer; TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkToolbar = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetButtonRelief : TGtkReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetButtonRelief (TheValue : TGtkReliefStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTooltips : TFPgtkTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetEnableTooltips : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetEnableTooltips (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSpaceStyle : TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSpaceStyle (TheValue : TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSpaceSize : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSpaceSize (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetStyle : TGtkToolbarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetStyle (TheValue : TGtkToolbarStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetOrientation : tGtkOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetOrientation (TheValue : tGtkOrientation);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkToolbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ButtonRelief : TGtkReliefStyle read GetButtonRelief write SetButtonRelief;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Tooltips : TFPgtkTooltips read GetTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
- property EnableTooltips : longbool read GetEnableTooltips write SetEnableTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SpaceStyle : TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle read GetSpaceStyle write SetSpaceStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SpaceSize : integer read GetSpaceSize write SetSpaceSize;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Style : TGtkToolbarStyle read GetStyle write SetStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Orientation : tGtkOrientation read GetOrientation write SetOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure InsertWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PrependWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AppendWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function InsertElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- function AppendElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- function PrependElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- function InsertItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- function AppendItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- function PrependItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- function InsertItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- function AppendItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- function PrependItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure InsertSpace (position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AppendSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PrependSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkTree = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSelectionMode (TheValue : TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetViewLines : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetViewLines (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetViewMode : TGtkTreeViewMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetViewMode (TheValue : TGtkTreeViewMode);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode read GetSelectionMode write SetSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ViewLines : boolean read GetViewLines write SetViewLines;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ViewMode : TGtkTreeViewMode read GetViewMode write SetViewMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Append (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Prepend (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Insert (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Remove (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ClearItems (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnselectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectChild (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure UnselectChild (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
- function ChildPosition (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function RootTree : TFPgtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
- function IsRootTree : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetSelection (aGroup:TFPgtkGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
- function Level : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCalendar = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDisplayOptions : TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDisplayOptions (TheValue : TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDate : TDatetime;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDate (TheValue : TDatetime);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkCalendar;
|
|
|
|
|
- function SelectMonth (aMonth:guint; aYear:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectDay (aDay:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
- function MarkDay (aDay:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function UnmarkDay (aDay:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ClearMarks;
|
|
|
|
|
- property DisplayOptions : TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions read GetDisplayOptions write SetDisplayOptions;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Date : TDatetime read GetDate write SetDate;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectMonthChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterMonthChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDaySelected (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDaySelected (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDaySelectedDoubleClick (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDaySelectedDoubleClick (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectPrevMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterPrevMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectNextMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterNextMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectPrevYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterPrevYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectNextYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterNextYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkDrawingArea = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkDrawingArea;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSize (Width:integer; Height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkCurve = class (TFPgtkDrawingArea)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCurveType : TGtkCurveType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetCurveType (TheValue : TGtkCurveType);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkCurve;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetRange (MinX:float; MaxX:float; MinY:float; MaxY:float);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Reset;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetGamma (GammaValue:float);
|
|
|
|
|
- property CurveType : TGtkCurveType read GetCurveType write SetCurveType;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; NewText:string; TextLength:integer; var Position:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkXYSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; x:integer; y:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Direction:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; NumWords:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; MoveTo:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEditable = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetEditable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetEditable (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVisible : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetVisible (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPosition : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPosition (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSelectionStart : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSelectionStart (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSelectionEnd : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSelectionEnd (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSelection : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHasSelection : boolean; Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSelection (TheValue:string); Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetText : string; Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetText (TheValue:string); Dynamic; Abstract;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkEditable;
|
|
|
|
|
- property HasSelection : boolean read GetHasSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Editable : boolean read GetEditable write SetEditable;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Visible : boolean read GetVisible write SetVisible;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Position : integer read GetPosition write SetPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SelectionStart : integer read GetSelectionStart write SetSelectionStart;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SelectionEnd : integer read GetSelectionEnd write SetSelectionEnd;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Selection : string read GetSelection write SetSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Changed;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure InsertText (NewText:string; AtPosition:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DeleteText (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure GetChars (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CutClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CopyClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PasteClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SelectRegion (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ClaimSelection (claim:boolean; time:guint32);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DeleteSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
- function InsertSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function InsertSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DeleteSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DeleteSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function XYSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function XYSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DirectionSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DirectionSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function MoveWordSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function MoveWordSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function MovetoSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function MovetoSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectInsertText (proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterInsertText (proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectDeleteText (proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterDeleteText (proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectSetEditable (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterSetEditable (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectMoveCursor (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterMoveCursor (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectMoveWord (proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterMoveWord (proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectMovePage (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterMovePage (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectMoveToRow (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterMoveToRow (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectMoveToCol (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterMoveToCol (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectKillChar (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterKillChar (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectKillWord (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterKillWord (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectKillLine (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterKillLine (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectCutClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterCutClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectCopyClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterCopyClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectPasteClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- function ConnectAfterPasteClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkEntry = class (TFPgtkEditable)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVisibility : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetVisibility (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetMaxLength : word;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetMaxLength (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetText (TheValue:string); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure AppendText (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure PrependText (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Visibility : boolean read GetVisibility write SetVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
- property MaxLength : word read GetMaxLength write SetMaxLength;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkSpinButton = class (TFPgtkEntry)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetClimbRate : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetClimbRate (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDigits : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDigits (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAsInteger : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAsInteger (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAsFloat : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAsFloat (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetUpdatePolicy : TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue : TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetNumeric : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetNumeric (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetWrap (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetSnapToTicks : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetSnapToTicks (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkSpinButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Configure (Adj:TFPgtkAdjustment; aClimbRate:gfloat; aDigits:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Adjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetAdjustment write SetAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ClimbRate : gfloat read GetClimbRate write SetClimbRate;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Digits : integer read GetDigits write SetDigits;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AsInteger : integer read GetAsInteger write SetAsInteger;
|
|
|
|
|
- property AsFloat : gfloat read GetAsFloat write SetAsFloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- property UpdatePolicy : TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy read GetUpdatePolicy write SetUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Numeric : boolean read GetNumeric write SetNumeric;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Spin (direction:TGtkSpinType; increment:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Wrap : boolean read GetWrap write SetWrap;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ShadowType : TGtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
- property SnapToTicks : boolean read GetSnapToTicks write SetSnapToTicks;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Update;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkText = class (TFPgtkEditable)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FLines:TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
- FIsChanged:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SigChanged (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetLines : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetWordWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetWordWrap (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetLineWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetLineWrap (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPoint : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPoint (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetHAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetVAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure RefreshLines;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetText (TheValue:string); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkText;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Lines : TStrings read GetLines;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
- function TextLength : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Insert (font:PgdkFont; fore:PgdkColor; back:PgdkColor; TheText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DeleteBackward (number:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DeleteForward (number:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
- property WordWrap : boolean read GetWordWrap write SetWordWrap;
|
|
|
|
|
- property LineWrap : boolean read GetLineWrap write SetLineWrap;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Point : integer read GetPoint write SetPoint;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAdjustments (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- property HAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdjustment write SetHAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- property VAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdjustment write SetVAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRuler = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetMetric (aMetric:TGtkMetricType);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetRange (Lower:float; Upper:float; Position:float; MaxSize:float);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHRuler = class (TFPgtkRuler)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkHRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVRuler = class (TFPgtkRuler)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkVRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkRange = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetUpdatePolicy : TgtkUpdateType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue : TgtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- FAdj:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkRange;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Adjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetAdjustment write SetAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- property UpdatePolicy : TgtkUpdateType read GetUpdatePolicy write SetUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (AnAdjustment:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DrawBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DrawTrough;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DrawStepForw;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DrawStepBack;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DrawSlider;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
- function TroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DefaultHSliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DefaultVSliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DefaultHTroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- function DefaultVTroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure defaultHMotion (XDelta:integer; YDelta:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure defaultVMotion (XDelta:integer; YDelta:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure ClearBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkScale = class (TFPgtkRange)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDrawValue : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDrawValue (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetValuePos : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetValuePos (TheValue : TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkScale;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDigits (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property DrawValue : boolean read GetDrawValue write SetDrawValue;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ValuePos : TGtkPositionType read GetValuePos write SetValuePos;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHScale = class (TFPgtkScale)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkHScale;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVScale = class (TFPgtkScale)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkVScale;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkScrollbar = class (TFPgtkRange)
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHScrollbar = class (TFPgtkScrollbar)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkHScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVScrollbar = class (TFPgtkScrollbar)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkSeparator = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkHSeparator = class (TFPgtkSeparator)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkHSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkVSeparator = class (TFPgtkSeparator)
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkVSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkPreview = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetExpand : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetExpand (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDither : TGdkRgbDither;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDither (TheValue : TGdkRgbDither);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkPreview;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Size (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Put (aWindow:PGdkWindow; gc:PGdkGC; SrcX:integer; SrcY:integer; destX:integer; DestY:integer; aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure DrawRow (data:pguchar; X:integer; Y:integer; W:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- property Expand : longbool read GetExpand write SetExpand;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Dither : TGdkRgbDither read GetDither write SetDither;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkProgress = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetShowtext : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetShowtext (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTextXAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTextXAlign (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetTextYAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTextYAlign (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetCurrentValue : float;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetCurrentValue (TheValue : float);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetPercentage : float;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetPercentage (TheValue : float);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetFormatString : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetFormatString (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetActivityMode : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetActivityMode (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkProgress;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Showtext : longbool read GetShowtext write SetShowtext;
|
|
|
|
|
- property TextXAlign : gfloat read GetTextXAlign write SetTextXAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
- property TextYAlign : gfloat read GetTextYAlign write SetTextYAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetTextAlignment (anXalign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- property CurrentValue : float read GetCurrentValue write SetCurrentValue;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Percentage : float read GetPercentage write SetPercentage;
|
|
|
|
|
- function PercentageFromValue (aValue:gfloat) : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
- property FormatString : string read GetFormatString write SetFormatString;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Adjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetAdjustment write SetAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ActivityMode : longbool read GetActivityMode write SetActivityMode;
|
|
|
|
|
- function CurrentText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- function TextFromValue (aValue:gfloat) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure Configure (aValue:gfloat; aMin:gfloat; aMax:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkProgressBar = class (TFPgtkProgress)
|
|
|
|
|
- Private
|
|
|
|
|
- FAdj:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetBarStyle : TGtkProgressBarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetBarStyle (TheValue : TGtkProgressBarStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetDiscreteBlocks : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetDiscreteBlocks (TheValue : longword);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetActivityStep : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetActivityStep (TheValue : longword);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetActivityBlocks : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetActivityBlocks (TheValue : longword);
|
|
|
|
|
- function GetOrientation : TGtkProgressBarOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure SetOrientation (TheValue : TGtkProgressBarOrientation);
|
|
|
|
|
- Protected
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- function TheGtkObject : PGtkProgressBar;
|
|
|
|
|
- constructor Create (adj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
- property BarStyle : TGtkProgressBarStyle read GetBarStyle write SetBarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
- property DiscreteBlocks : longword read GetDiscreteBlocks write SetDiscreteBlocks;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ActivityStep : longword read GetActivityStep write SetActivityStep;
|
|
|
|
|
- property ActivityBlocks : longword read GetActivityBlocks write SetActivityBlocks;
|
|
|
|
|
- property Orientation : TGtkProgressBarOrientation read GetOrientation write SetOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkItemFactory = class (TFPgtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
- Public
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-{ TFPgtkToolTips }
|
|
|
|
|
-var
|
|
|
|
|
- TheTooltips : TFPgtkTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
-{ TFPgtkButton }
|
|
|
|
|
-const
|
|
|
|
|
- DefaultButtonModifiers : TGdkModifierType = GDK_MOD1_MASK;
|
|
|
|
|
-{ TFPgtkWindow }
|
|
|
|
|
-const
|
|
|
|
|
- drNone = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
- drOk = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
- drCancel = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
- drYes = 3;
|
|
|
|
|
- drNo = 4;
|
|
|
|
|
- drRetry = 5;
|
|
|
|
|
- NoMainLevel = high (guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-{ TFPgtkFontSelection }
|
|
|
|
|
-resourcestring
|
|
|
|
|
- sFontNotFound = 'Can''t find font "%s" on this system';
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-Const
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDestroy = 'destroy';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkData
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDisconnect = 'disconnect';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkAdjustment
|
|
|
|
|
- sgValueChanged = 'value_changed';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgChanged = 'changed';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkWidget
|
|
|
|
|
- sgShow = 'show';
|
|
|
|
|
- sghide = 'hide';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgmap = 'map';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgunmap = 'unmap';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgrealize = 'realize';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgunrealize = 'unrealize';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDrawFocus = 'draw-focus';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDrawDefault = 'draw-defaut';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgParentSet = 'parent-set';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgGrabFocus = 'grab-focus';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgEvent = 'event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgButtonPressEvent = 'button-press-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgButtonReleaseEvent = 'button-release-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgMotionNotifyEvent = 'motion-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDeleteEvent = 'delete-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDestroyEvent = 'destroy-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgExposeEvent = 'expose-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgKeyPressEvent = 'key-press-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgKeyReleaseEvent = 'key-release-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgEnterNotifyEvent = 'enter-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgLeaveNotifyEvent = 'leave-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgConfigureEvent = 'configure-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgFocusInEvent = 'focus-in-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgFocusOutEvent = 'focus-out-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgMapEvent = 'map-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgUnmapEvent = 'unmap-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgPropertyNotifyEvent = 'property-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSelectionClearEvent = 'selection-clear-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSelectionRequestEvent = 'selection-request-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSelectionNotifyEvent = 'selection-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgProximityInEvent = 'proximity-in-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgProximityOutEvent = 'proximity-out-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgClientEvent = 'client-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgNoExposeEvent = 'no-expose-event';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgVisibilityNotifyEvent = 'visibility-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkContainer
|
|
|
|
|
- sgAdd = 'add';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgRemove = 'remove';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgCheckResize = 'check-resize';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgFocus = 'focus';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSetFocusChild = 'set-focus';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkButton
|
|
|
|
|
- sgClicked = 'clicked';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgPressed = 'pressed';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgReleased = 'released';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgEnter = 'enter';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgLeave = 'leave';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkToggleButton
|
|
|
|
|
- sgToggled = 'toggled';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkItem
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSelect = 'select';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDeselect = 'deselect';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgToggle = 'toggle';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkMenuItem
|
|
|
|
|
- sgActivate = 'activate';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgActivateItem = 'activate-item';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkListItem
|
|
|
|
|
- sgToggleFocusRow = 'toggle-focus-row';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSelectAll = 'select-all';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgUnselectAll = 'unselect-all';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgUndoSelection = 'undo-selection';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgStartSelection = 'start-selection';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgEndSelection = 'end-selection';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgToggleAddMode = 'toggle-add-mode';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgExtendSelection = 'extend-selection';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgScrollVertical = 'scroll-vertical';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgScrollHorizontal = 'scroll-horizontal';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkTreeItem
|
|
|
|
|
- sgCollapse = 'collapse';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgExpand = 'expand';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkWindow
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSetFocus = 'set-focus';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkInputDialog
|
|
|
|
|
- sgEnableDevice = 'enable-device';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDisableDevice = 'disable-device';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkHandleBox
|
|
|
|
|
- sgChildAttached = 'child-attached';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgChildDetached = 'child-detached';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkStatusbar
|
|
|
|
|
- sgTextPopped = 'text-popped';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgTextPushed = 'test-pushed';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkCList
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSelectRow = 'select-row';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgUnselectRow = 'unselect-row';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgRowMove = 'row-move';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgScrolHorizontal = 'scroll-horizontal';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgAbortColumnResize = 'abort-column-resize';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgClickColumn = 'click-column';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgResizeColumn = 'resize-column';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkNotebook
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSwitchPage = 'switch-page';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkList
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSelectionChanged = 'selection-changed';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSelectChild = 'select-child';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgUnselectChild = 'unselect-child';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkMenuShell
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDeActivate = 'deactivate';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSelectionDone = 'selection-done';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgCancel = 'cancel';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgMoveCurrent = 'move-current';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgActivateCurrent = 'activate-current';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkCalendar
|
|
|
|
|
- sgMonthChanged = 'month-changed';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDaySelected = 'day-selected';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDaySelectedDoubleClick = 'day-selected-double-click';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgPrevMonth = 'prev-month';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgNextMonth = 'next-month';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgPrevYear = 'prev-year';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgNextYear = 'next-year';
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkEditable
|
|
|
|
|
- sgInsertText = 'insert-text';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgDeleteText = 'delete-text';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgSetEditable = 'set-editable';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgMoveCursor = 'move-cursor';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgMoveWord = 'move-word';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgMovePage = 'move-page';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgMoveToRow = 'move-to-row';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgMoveToCol = 'move-to-column';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgKillChar = 'kill-char';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgKillWord = 'kill-word';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgKillLine = 'kill-line';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgCutClipboard = 'cut-clipboard';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgCopyClipboard = 'copy-clipboard';
|
|
|
|
|
- sgPasteClipboard = 'paste-clipboard';
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetPascalInstance (gtkObject:PGtkObject; ObjClass:TFPgtkObjectClass) : TFPgtkObject; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetPascalInstance (gtkObject:PGtkObject) : TFPgtkObject; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-function ConvertToGtkObject (AnObject:TFPgtkObject) : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-function ConvertToPgChar (AString:string) : PgChar;
|
|
|
|
|
-function FreeFPgtkObjects (Data:pointer) : longbool; Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure DestroyData (data:pointer); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-function IntToPointer (Value:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-function PointerToInt (Value:pointer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkToolTips
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetTooltipsData (Widget:TFPgtkWidget) : PGtkTooltipsData;
|
|
|
|
|
-function ComposeTooltip (TooltipText:string; PrivText:string) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure DecomposeTooltip (Tooltip:string; var TooltipText:string; var PrivText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkWidget
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetPascalInstance (Widget:PGtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetPascalInstance (Widget:PGtkWidget; ObjClass:TFPgtkObjectClass) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-function ConvertToGtkWidget (AnObject:TFPgtkWidget) : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkImage
|
|
|
|
|
-function NewImage (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer) : PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkPixmap
|
|
|
|
|
-function StringsToPPgchar (Data:TStrings) : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-function ArrayToPPgchar (Data:array of string) : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure CreateGdkPixmap (var ThePixmap:PGdkPixmap; var TheMask:PGdkBitmap; aWindow:PGdkWindow; data:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup
|
|
|
|
|
-function RadioButtonGroupCreateFromStrings (TheItems:TStrings; ToggledFunction:TFPgtkSignalFunction) : TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkWindow
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AcceleratorAdd (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; Flags:TGtkAccelFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AcceleratorRemove (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AccelGroupLock (AG:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AccelGroupUnlock (AG:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-function AccelKeyName (Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AccelKeyParse (AccelName:string; var Key:guint; var Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AccelGroupActivate (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkButtonBox
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure SetButtonBoxDefaultSize (aMinWidth:integer; aMinHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure GetButtonBoxDefaultSize (var aMinWidth:integer; var aMinHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure SetButtonBoxDefaultPadding (aIPadX:integer; aIPadY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure GetButtonBoxDefaultPadding (var aIPadX:integer; var aIPadY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-// TFPgtkPreview
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure SetGamma (aGamma:double);
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-IMPLEMENTATION
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkObject }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.TheGtkObject : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkObject(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-const
|
|
|
|
|
- dtPascalInstance = 'Pascal_Instance';
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-type
|
|
|
|
|
- TIntegerPointer = record
|
|
|
|
|
- case word of
|
|
|
|
|
- 0 : (i : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
- 1 : (p : pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-var
|
|
|
|
|
- ObjectsToFree : TList;
|
|
|
|
|
- ip : TIntegerPointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure Signalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; Data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.SignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@Signalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.SignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@Signalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure BooleanSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; Bool:boolean; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, Bool, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.BooleanSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@BooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.BooleanSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@BooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetPascalInstance (gtkObject:PGtkObject; ObjClass:TFPgtkObjectClass) : TFPgtkObject; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(GtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
- if not assigned(result) and assigned(GtkObject) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ObjClass.CreateFromObject (GtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetPascalInstance (gtkObject:PGtkObject) : TFPgtkObject; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (gtkobject) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := gtk_object_get_data (gtkObject, dtPascalInstance);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(p) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PPascalClassData(p)^.TheInstance;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function ConvertToGtkObject (AnObject:TFPgtkObject) : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(AnObject) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := AnObject.TheGtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function ConvertToPgChar (AString:string) : PgChar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := pointer(aString);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.ConvertSignalData (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; FreeIt:boolean) : PSignalData;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- new (result);
|
|
|
|
|
- with result^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TheSignalProc := proc;
|
|
|
|
|
- TheWidget := self;
|
|
|
|
|
- TheData := data;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- if FreeIt then
|
|
|
|
|
- SignalDatas.Add (result);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function FreeFPgtkObjects (Data:pointer) : longbool; Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- obj : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := ObjectsToFree.Count-1 downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- obj := TFPgtkObject(ObjectsToFree[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (Obj) then
|
|
|
|
|
- Obj.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- ObjectsToFree.Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := False;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.FreeClass (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if FDestroying = dsAlive then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if ObjectsToFree.Count = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- g_idle_Add (@FreeFPgtkObjects, null);
|
|
|
|
|
- ObjectsToFree.Add (self);
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- FDestroying := dsWaiting;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.CheckConvertDatas;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if not assigned (ConvertDatas) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertDatas := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertDatas.Sorted := True;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.CheckNotifyList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if not assigned (Notifylist) then
|
|
|
|
|
- NotifyList := TList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.InitCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- SignalDatas := TList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.FinalCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- PascalInstance.TheInstance := Self;
|
|
|
|
|
- SetData (dtPascalInstance, @PascalInstance);
|
|
|
|
|
- ConnectDestroy (@FreeClass, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkObject.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- InitCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
- CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
- FinalCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkObject.CreateFromObject (GtkObject:PGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- InitCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := GtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
- FinalCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.AskNotification (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- CheckNotifyList;
|
|
|
|
|
- with NotifyList do
|
|
|
|
|
- if indexof(AnObject) < 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- Add (AnObject);
|
|
|
|
|
- AnObject.AskNotification (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-destructor TFPgtkObject.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- datapointer : PSignalData;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FDestroying := dsDestroying;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(NotifyList) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := 0 to NotifyList.count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkObject(NotifyList[r]).NotifyDestroy (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
- NotifyList.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- NotifyList := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(FGtkObject) and not Gtk_Object_destroyed(FGtkObject) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_destroy (FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := 0 to SignalDatas.count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- datapointer := signaldatas[r];
|
|
|
|
|
- dispose (datapointer);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- signaldatas.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (convertDatas) then
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertDatas.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- r := ObjectsToFree.indexof (self);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- ObjectsToFree[r] := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(NotifyList) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- r := NotifyList.indexOf (AnObject);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- NotifyList.Delete (r);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.ConnectDestroy (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgDestroy, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.ConnectAfterDestroy (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDestroy, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalDisconnect (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_signal_disconnect (TheGtkObject, SignalHandler);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalBlockHandler (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_signal_handler_block (TheGtkObject, SignalHandler);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalUnblockHandler (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_signal_handler_unblock (TheGtkObject, SignalHandler);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalEmit (aName:string; Args:array of const);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_signal_emit_by_name (TheGtkObject, pgchar(aName), Args);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.SignalNEmissions (aName:string) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_n_emissions_by_name (FGtkObject, pgchar(aName));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalEmitStop (aName:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (FGtkObject, pgchar(aName));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.SetData (Key:string; Data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_set_data (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(Key), Data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.GetUserData : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_object_get_user_data(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.SetUserData (TheValue:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_set_user_data(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.SetDataFull (Key:string; Data:pointer; Destroyer:TFPgtkSignalFunction);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_set_data_full (TheGtkObject, pgChar(Key), ConvertSignalData (Destroyer, data, false), TGtkDestroyNotify(@DestroyData));
|
|
|
|
|
- CheckConvertDatas;
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertDatas.Add (Key);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.RemoveData (Key:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_remove_data (TheGtkObject, pgChar(Key));
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (ConvertDatas) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- r := ConvertDatas.indexof (Key);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertDatas.Delete (r);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.GetData (Key:string) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := gtk_object_get_data (TheGtkObject, pgChar(Key));
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(ConvertDatas) and (ConvertDatas.IndexOf (Key) >= 0) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PPascalClassData (PSignalData(p)^.TheData)^.TheInstance
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure DestroyData (data:pointer); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- with PSignaldata(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- TheSignalProc (TheWidget, TheData);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function IntToPointer (Value:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ip.i := Value;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ip.p;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function PointerToInt (Value:pointer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ip.p := Value;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ip.i;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkObject.GtkDestroyed : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_object_destroyed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.Constructed;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_constructed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.ConstructedDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_default_construct (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.Sink;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_sink (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.Ref;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_ref (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.Unref;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_unref (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.WeakRef (Notify:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_weakref (TheGtkObject, TGtkDestroyNotify(@DestroyData), ConvertSignalData (Notify, data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkObject.WeakUnref (notify:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_object_weakunref (TheGtkObject, TGtkDestroyNotify(@DestroyData), ConvertSignalData (Notify, data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkData }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkData.TheGtkObject : PGtkData;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkData(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkData.ConnectDisconnect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgDisconnect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkData.ConnectAfterDisconnect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDisconnect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkAdjustment }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.TheGtkObject : PGtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkAdjustment(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_Adjustment_new (0,0,10,1,2,2));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.Configure (aLower:gfloat; anUpper:gfloat; aValue:gfloat; aStepInc:gfloat; aPageInc:gfloat; aPageSize:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- Lower := aLower;
|
|
|
|
|
- Upper := anUpper;
|
|
|
|
|
- Value := aValue;
|
|
|
|
|
- StepIncrement := aStepInc;
|
|
|
|
|
- PageIncrement := aPageInc;
|
|
|
|
|
- PageSize := aPageSize;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.ConnectValueChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgValueChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.ConnectAfterValueChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgValueChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.ConnectChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.ConnectAfterChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.ValueChanged;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Adjustment_Value_Changed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.Changed;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Adjustment_Changed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.ClampPage (aLower:gfloat; aUpper:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Adjustment_Clamp_Page (TheGtkObject, aLower, aUpper);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetValue : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.Value;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetValue (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Adjustment_set_Value(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetLower : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.Lower;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetLower (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkObject^.Lower := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetUpper : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.Upper;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetUpper (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkObject^.Upper := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetStepIncrement : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.Step_Increment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetStepIncrement (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkObject^.Step_Increment := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetPageIncrement : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.Page_Increment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetPageIncrement (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkObject^.Page_increment := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetPageSize : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.Page_Size;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetPageSize (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkObject^.Page_Size := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkToolTips }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolTips.TheGtkObject : PGtkToolTips;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkToolTips(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolTips.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tooltips_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetColors (Fore:PGdkColor; Back:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tooltips_set_colors (TheGtkObject, Fore, Back);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetTip (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TipText:string; TipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tooltips_set_tip (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), ConvertToPgchar(TipText), ConvertToPgchar(TipPrivate));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolTips.GetEnabled : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.enabled(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetEnabled (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tooltips_enable (TheGtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tooltips_disable (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolTips.GetDelay : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.delay(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetDelay (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tooltips_set_delay(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolTips.GetColorForeground : PGdkColor;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.foreground;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetColorForeground (TheValue:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetColors (TheValue, ColorBackGround);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolTips.GetColorBackground : PGdkColor;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.background;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetColorBackground (TheValue:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetColors (ColorForeground, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetTooltipsData (Widget:TFPgtkWidget) : PGtkTooltipsData;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_tooltips_data_get (ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function ComposeTooltip (TooltipText:string; PrivText:string) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TooltipText;
|
|
|
|
|
- if PrivText <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := result + '|' + PrivText;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure DecomposeTooltip (Tooltip:string; var TooltipText:string; var PrivText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- r := pos ('|', tooltip);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r > 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TooltipText := copy(Tooltip, 1, r-1);
|
|
|
|
|
- PrivText := copy (Tooltip, r+1, maxint);
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TooltipText := Tooltip;
|
|
|
|
|
- PrivText := '';
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure CheckTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-if not assigned (TheTooltips) then
|
|
|
|
|
- TheTooltips := TFPgtkTooltips.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolTips.ForceWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tooltips_force_window (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkWidget }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.TheGtkObject : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkWidget(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetTheGtkWidget : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PGtkWidget (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetTheGtkWidget (TheValue:PGtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PgtkObject (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetPascalInstance (Widget:PGtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkWidget (GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(widget)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function GetPascalInstance (Widget:PGtkWidget; ObjClass:TFPgtkObjectClass) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkWidget (GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(Widget), ObjClass));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function ConvertToGtkWidget (AnObject:TFPgtkWidget) : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(AnObject) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := AnObject.TheGtkWidget
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure WidgetSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; Widget:PGtkwidget; Data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(Widget),TFPgtkwidget) as TFPgtkwidget, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.WidgetSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@WidgetSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.WidgetSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@WidgetSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetFlags (NewFlags:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_set_flags (TheGtkObject, NewFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.UnsetFlags (NewUnsetFlags:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_unset_flags (TheGtkObject, NewUnsetFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.Map;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_map (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.Unmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_unmap (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.QueueDraw;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_queue_draw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.QueueResize;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_queue_resize (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.Draw (Rectangle:PGdkRectangle); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_draw (TheGtkObject, Rectangle);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.DrawFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_draw_focus (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.DrawDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_draw_default (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_show (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.Hide;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_hide (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.Realize;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_realize (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.Unrealize;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_unrealize (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.ShowNow;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_show_now (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.ShowAll;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_show_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.HideAll;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_hide_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetAllocation (AnAllocation:TGtkAllocation); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- with AnAllocation do
|
|
|
|
|
- SetAllocation (x, y, width, height);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetAllocation (x:integer; y:integer; width:integer; height:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetUPosition (x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
- SetUSize (width, height);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetAllocation : TGtkAllocation;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.allocation;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetUPosition (x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_set_uposition (TheGtkObject, x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetUsize (width:integer; height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_set_usize (TheGtkObject, width, height);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetName : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_get_name(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetName (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_set_name(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetPropFlags : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Flags (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetPropFlags (TheValue:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
-var f : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- f := GetPropFlags;
|
|
|
|
|
- UnsetFlags (f and not TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
- SetFlags (not f and TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetState : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_State(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetSavedState : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Saved_State(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetParent : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-var gtkparent : PgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- o : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtkParent := TheGtkObject^.parent;
|
|
|
|
|
- o := GetPascalInstance (PgtkObject(GtkParent));
|
|
|
|
|
- if o is TFPgtkWidget then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkWidget(o)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetParent (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-var gtkparent : PgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtkParent := TheGtkObject^.parent;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(TheValue) then
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(gtkParent) then
|
|
|
|
|
- reparent (TheValue)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_set_parent (TheGtkWidget, ConvertToGtkWidget(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(gtkParent) then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_unparent (TheGtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetParentWindow : PGdkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_get_parent_window(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetParentWindow (TheValue:PGdkWindow);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_set_parent_window(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.Unparent;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_unparent (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.Reparent (NewParent:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if (NewParent is TFpgtkContainer) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ref;
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkContainer(Parent).remove (self);
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkContainer(NewParent).Add (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
- unref;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetVisible : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Visible(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetVisible (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- Show
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- Hide;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetNoWindow : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_No_Window(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetNoWindow (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- SetFlags (GTK_NO_WINDOW)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- UnSetFlags (GTK_NO_WINDOW);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetRealized : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_realized(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetRealized (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- Realize
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- Unrealize;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetMapped : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Mapped(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetMapped (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- Map
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- Unmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetDrawable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Drawable(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetIsSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Is_Sensitive(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Sensitive(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetSensitive (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_set_sensitive(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetParentSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Parent_Sensitive(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetParentSensitive (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- SetFlags (GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- UnSetFlags (GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetAppPaintable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_App_Paintable(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetCanFocus : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Can_Focus(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetCanFocus (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- SetFlags (GTK_CAN_FOCUS)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- UnSetFlags (GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.GrabFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_grab_focus (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetHasFocus : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Has_Focus(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetCanDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Can_Default(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetCanDefault (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- SetFlags (GTK_CAN_DEFAULT)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- UnSetFlags (GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.GrabDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_grab_default (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetHasDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Has_Default(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetReceivesDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Receives_Default(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetCompositeChild : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_Composite_Child(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetTooltip : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-var data : PGtkTooltipsData;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- data := Gtk_Tooltips_Data_Get (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(data) then
|
|
|
|
|
- with data^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ComposeTooltip (Tip_Text, tip_private)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := '';
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetTooltip (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var t, p : string;
|
|
|
|
|
- ttdata : PGtkTooltipsData;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue = '' then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ttdata := GetTooltipsData (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (ttdata) then
|
|
|
|
|
- ; // find a way to remove the hint. Setting '' does not remove
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- CheckTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
- DecomposeTooltip (TheValue, t, p);
|
|
|
|
|
- TheToolTips.SetTip (self, t, p);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.HideOnDelete;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.GetColormap : PGdkColormap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_widget_get_colormap(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetColormap (TheValue:PGdkColormap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_set_colormap(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectShow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgShow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterShow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgShow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.Connecthide (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sghide, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterhide (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sghide, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.Connectmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgmap, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAftermap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgmap, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.Connectunmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgunmap, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterunmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgunmap, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.Connectrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgrealize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgrealize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.Connectunrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgunrealize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterunrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgunrealize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectDrawFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgDrawFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterDrawFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDrawFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectDrawDefault (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgDrawDefault, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterDrawDefault (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDrawDefault, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectParentSet (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgParentSet, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterParentSet (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgParentSet, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectGrabFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgGrabFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterGrabFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgGrabFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function Eventfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEvent; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@Eventfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@Eventfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnect (sgEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnectAfter (sgEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventButtonfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventButton; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventButtonFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventButtonFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventButtonConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventButtonfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventButtonConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventButtonfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectButtonPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventButtonConnect (sgButtonPressEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterButtonPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventButtonConnectAfter (sgButtonPressEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectButtonReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventButtonConnect (sgButtonReleaseEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterButtonReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventButtonConnectAfter (sgButtonReleaseEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventMotionfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventMotion; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventMotionFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventMotionFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventMotionConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventMotionfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventMotionConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventMotionfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectMotionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventMotionConnect (sgMotionNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterMotionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventMotionConnectAfter (sgMotionNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectDeleteEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnect (sgDeleteEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterDeleteEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnectAfter (sgDeleteEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectDestroyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnect (sgDestroyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterDestroyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnectAfter (sgDestroyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventExposefunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventExpose; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventExposeFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventExposeFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventExposeConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventExposefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventExposeConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventExposefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventExposeConnect (sgExposeEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventExposeConnectAfter (sgExposeEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventKeyfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventKey; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventKeyFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventKeyFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventKeyConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventKeyfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventKeyConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventKeyfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectKeyPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventKeyConnect (sgKeyPressEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterKeyPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventKeyConnectAfter (sgKeyPressEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectKeyReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventKeyConnect (sgKeyReleaseEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterKeyReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventKeyConnectAfter (sgKeyReleaseEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventCrossingfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventCrossing; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventCrossingConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventCrossingfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventCrossingConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventCrossingfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectEnterNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventCrossingConnect (sgEnterNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterEnterNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventCrossingConnectAfter (sgEnterNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectLeaveNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventCrossingConnect (sgLeaveNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterLeaveNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventCrossingConnectAfter (sgLeaveNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventConfigurefunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventConfigure; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventConfigureConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventConfigurefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventConfigureConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventConfigurefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectConfigureEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConfigureConnect (sgConfigureEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterConfigureEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConfigureConnectAfter (sgConfigureEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventFocusfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventFocus; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventFocusFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventFocusFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventFocusConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventFocusfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventFocusConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventFocusfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectFocusInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventFocusConnect (sgFocusInEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterFocusInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventFocusConnectAfter (sgFocusInEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectFocusOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventFocusConnect (sgFocusOutEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterFocusOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventFocusConnectAfter (sgFocusOutEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectMapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnect (sgMapEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterMapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnectAfter (sgMapEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectUnmapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnect (sgUnmapEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterUnmapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnectAfter (sgUnmapEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventPropertyfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventProperty; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventPropertyConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventPropertyfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventPropertyConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventPropertyfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectPropertyNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventPropertyConnect (sgPropertyNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterPropertyNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventPropertyConnectAfter (sgPropertyNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventSelectionfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventSelection; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventSelectionConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventSelectionfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventSelectionConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventSelectionfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectSelectionClearEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventSelectionConnect (sgSelectionClearEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterSelectionClearEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventSelectionConnectAfter (sgSelectionClearEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectSelectionRequestEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventSelectionConnect (sgSelectionRequestEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterSelectionRequestEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventSelectionConnectAfter (sgSelectionRequestEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectSelectionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventSelectionConnect (sgSelectionNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterSelectionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventSelectionConnectAfter (sgSelectionNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventProximityfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventProximity; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventProximityFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventProximityFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventProximityConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventProximityfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventProximityConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventProximityfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectProximityInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventProximityConnect (sgProximityInEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterProximityInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventProximityConnectAfter (sgProximityInEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectProximityOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventProximityConnect (sgProximityOutEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterProximityOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventProximityConnectAfter (sgProximityOutEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventClientfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventClient; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventClientFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventClientFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventClientConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventClientfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventClientConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventClientfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectClientEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventClientConnect (sgClientEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterClientEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventClientConnectAfter (sgClientEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function EventNoExposefunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventNoExpose; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventNoExposeConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventNoExposefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.EventNoExposeConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventNoExposefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectNoExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventNoExposeConnect (sgNoExposeEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterNoExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventNoExposeConnectAfter (sgNoExposeEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectVisibilityNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnect (sgVisibilityNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterVisibilityNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := EventConnectAfter (sgVisibilityNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.LockAccelerators;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_lock_accelerators (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.UnlockAccelerators;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_unlock_accelerators (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.RemoveAccelerators (aSignal:string; OnlyVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_remove_accelerators (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(aSignal), OnlyVisible);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.ActivateAccelGroups (Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_groups_activate (FGtkObject, Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidget.AcceleratorAdd (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; acFlags:TGtkAccelFlags); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (TheGtkWidget, pgchar(aSignal),
|
|
|
|
|
- AG, Key, Mods, acFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if FGList <> null then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if FManageLists then
|
|
|
|
|
- g_list_free (FGList);
|
|
|
|
|
- FGList := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if FGSList <> null then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if FManageLists then
|
|
|
|
|
- g_slist_free (FGSList);
|
|
|
|
|
- FGSlist := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkGroup.CreateGList : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := pred(count) downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
- result := g_list_prepend (result, GetData(r));
|
|
|
|
|
- FGList := result;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkGroup.CreateGSList : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := pred(count) downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
- result := g_slist_prepend (result, GetData(r));
|
|
|
|
|
- FGSList := result;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.BuildFromGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- clear;
|
|
|
|
|
- p := FGList;
|
|
|
|
|
- while p <> null do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- add (UngetData(p^.data));
|
|
|
|
|
- p := p^.Next;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- FListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
- FSListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
- FClassesChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
- FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.BuildFromGtkSList;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p :PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- clear;
|
|
|
|
|
- p := FGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- while p <> null do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- add (UngetData(p^.data));
|
|
|
|
|
- p := p^.Next;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- FListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
- FSListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
- FClassesChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
- FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.Notify (ptr:pointer; Action:TListNotification);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
- FClassesChanged := True;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkGroup.GetData (index:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-// GetData needs to give the pointer to the data in the List or SList of GTK
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := items[index];
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkGroup.UngetData (data:pointer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-// UngetData needs to give the item in this list from the datapointer of GTK
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := data
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- FClassesChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
- FListChanged := false;
|
|
|
|
|
- FSListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGList := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGSList := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- FNotUpdating := True;
|
|
|
|
|
- FManageLists := True;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-destructor TFPgtkGroup.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if ManageLists then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
- FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkGroup.GetGtkList (buffered:boolean) : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if buffered then
|
|
|
|
|
- if FClasseschanged then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CreateGList
|
|
|
|
|
- else if FSListChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- BuildFromGtkSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CreateGList;
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FGlist
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CreateGList;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkGroup.GetGtkSList (buffered:boolean) : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if buffered then
|
|
|
|
|
- if FClassesChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CreateGSList
|
|
|
|
|
- else if FListChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- BuildFromGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CreateGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FGSlist
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CreateGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.BeginUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FNotUpdating := False;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.EndUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FNotUpdating := True;
|
|
|
|
|
- if FlistChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
- BuildFromGtkSList
|
|
|
|
|
- else if FSListChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
- BuildFromGtkSList
|
|
|
|
|
- else if FClassesChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
- FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.ForEach (Proc:TFPgtkForEachProcedure; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r: integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := 0 to pred(count) do
|
|
|
|
|
- Proc (items[r], data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkGroup.GetGtkListProp : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetGtkList (True);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.SetGtkListProp (TheValue:PGList);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGList := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
- if FNotUpdating then
|
|
|
|
|
- BuildFromGtkList
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- FListChanged := True;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkGroup.GetGtkSListProp : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetGtkSList (True);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGroup.SetGtkSListProp (TheValue:PGSList);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGSlist := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
- if FNotUpdating then
|
|
|
|
|
- BuildFromGtkSList
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- FSListChanged := True;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkWidgetGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidgetGroup.GetData (index:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := items[index].FgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidgetGroup.UnGetData (data:pointer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(Data));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidgetGroup.AddToContainer (Container:TFPgtkContainer);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := 0 to pred(count) do
|
|
|
|
|
- Container.Add (items[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidgetGroup.PackInBox (box:TFPgtkBox; AtStart:boolean; Expanding:boolean; Fill:boolean; Padding:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if AtStart then
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := 0 to pred(Count) do
|
|
|
|
|
- box.PackStart (items[r], expanding, fill, padding)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := pred(Count) downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
- box.PackEnd (items[r], expanding, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidgetGroup.GetItem (Index:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkWidget (Inherited items[index]);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidgetGroup.SetItem (Index:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited items[index] := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWidgetGroup.GetTooltips (index:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := items[index].Tooltip;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWidgetGroup.SetTooltips (index:integer; TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- Items[index].Tooltip := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkMisc }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMisc.TheGtkObject : PGtkMisc;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkMisc(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetAlignment (x:gfloat; y:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_misc_set_alignment (TheGtkObject, x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetPadding (x:word; y:word);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_misc_set_padding (TheGtkObject, x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMisc.GetXAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.XAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetXAlign (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetAlignment (TheValue, YAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMisc.GetYAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.YAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetYAlign (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetAlignment (XAlign, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMisc.GetXPad : word;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.XPad;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetXPad (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetPadding (TheValue, YPad);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMisc.GetYPad : word;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.YPad;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetYPad (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetPadding (XPad, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkLabel }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkLabel.TheGtkObject : PGtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkLabel(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLabel.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_label_new (null));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkLabel.Create (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- Text := aText;
|
|
|
|
|
- SetAlignment (0.0, 0.5);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkLabel.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.TheLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLabel.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_label_set_text(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkLabel.GetPattern : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLabel.SetPattern (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_label_set_pattern(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkLabel.GetJustify : TGtkJustification;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.jtype(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLabel.SetJustify (TheValue:TGtkJustification);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_label_set_justify(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkLabel.GetLineWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.wrap;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLabel.SetLineWrap (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_label_set_line_wrap(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkLabel.ParseUline (aText:string) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_label_parse_uline (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(aText));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkAccelLabel }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAccelLabel.TheGtkObject : PGtkAccelLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkAccelLabel(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAccelLabel.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_accel_label_new (''));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAccelLabel.GetAccelWidget : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.accel_widget),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAccelLabel.SetAccelWidget (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget(TheGtkObject,PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAccelLabel.AccelText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.accel_string;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAccelLabel.Refetch;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_label_refetch (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkTipsQuery }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTipsQuery.TheGtkObject : PGtkTipsQuery;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkTipsQuery(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTipsQuery.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tips_query_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkArrow }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkArrow.TheGtkObject : PGtkArrow;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkArrow(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkArrow.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_arrow_new (GTK_ARROW_LEFT,GTK_SHADOW_NONE));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkArrow.GetArrowType : TGtkArrowType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TGtkArrowType (TheGtkObject^.arrow_type);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkArrow.SetArrowType (TheValue:TGtkArrowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_arrow_set (TheGtkObject, TheValue, ShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkArrow.GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TGtkShadowtype (TheGtkObject^.shadow_type);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkArrow.SetShadowType (TheValue:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_arrow_set (TheGtkObject, ArrowType, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkArrow.SetTypes (AnArrowType:TGtkArrowType; AShadowtype:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_arrow_set (TheGtkObject, AnArrowType, AShadowtype);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkArrow.Create (AnArrowType:TGtkArrowType; AShadowType:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- SetTypes (AnArrowType, AShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkImage }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkImage.TheGtkObject : PGtkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkImage(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkImage.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_image_new (FImage, FMask));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkImage.GetImageProp : PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
-var m : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_image_get (TheGtkObject, @result, @m);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkImage.SetImageProp (TheValue:PGdkImage);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Image_set (TheGtkObject, TheValue, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkImage.GetMask : PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_image_get (TheGtkObject, @p, @result);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkImage.SetMask (TheValue:PGdkBitMap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_image_set (TheGtkObject, Image, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkImage.SetImage (anImage:PGdkImage; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_image_set (TheGtkObject, anImage, aMask);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkImage.Create (anImage:PGdkImage; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FImage := anImage;
|
|
|
|
|
- FMask := aMask;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function NewImage (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer) : PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gdk_image_new (gdk_image_fastest, gdk_visual_get_system, aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkPixmap }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPixmap.TheGtkObject : PGtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkPixmap(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_pixmap_new (FPixMap, FMask));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-var
|
|
|
|
|
- EmptyBitmap : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function StringsToPPgchar (Data:TStrings) : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- a : PStringArray;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- getmem (a, sizeof (pgchar) * Data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := 0 to Data.Count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
- a^[r] := pchar (Data[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ppgchar (a);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function ArrayToPPgchar (Data:array of string) : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r,t : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- a : PStringArray;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- getmem (a, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
- t := 0;
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := low(data) to high(data) do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- a^[r] := pchar (data[t]);
|
|
|
|
|
- inc (t);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ppgchar (a);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPixmap.GetBuildInsensitive : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(gtk.build_insensitive(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.SetBuildInsensitive (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_pixmap_set_build_insensitive(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkPixmap.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if not assigned (EmptyBitmap) then
|
|
|
|
|
- EmptyBitmap := gdk_pixmap_new (null, 1, 1, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
- FPixMap := EmptyBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- FMask := PGdkBitmap (EmptyBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkPixmap.CreateFromFile (Filename:string; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FPixMap := gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm (ConvertToGtkWidget(Window)^.window, @FMask, nil, pgchar(Filename));
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkPixmap.CreateFromStrings (Data:TStrings; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := StringsToPPgchar(Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- FPixMap := gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d (ConvertToGtkWidget(Window)^.window, @FMask, nil, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * Data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkPixmap.CreateFromText (Data:string; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- try
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Text := data;
|
|
|
|
|
- CreateFromStrings (l, Window);
|
|
|
|
|
- finally
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPixmap.GetPixmapProp : PGdkPixMap;
|
|
|
|
|
-var m : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_pixmap_get (TheGtkObject, @result, @m);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.SetPixmapProp (TheValue:PGdkPixMap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_pixmap_set (TheGtkObject, TheValue, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPixmap.GetMask : PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_pixmap_get (TheGtkObject, @p, @result);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.SetMask (TheValue:PGdkBitMap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_pixmap_set (TheGtkObject, Pixmap, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.SetPixmap (aPixmap:PGdkPixMap; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_pixmap_set (TheGtkObject, aPixmap, aMask);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.GetPixmap (var aPixmap:PGdkPixmap; var aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-var P:PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- M:PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_pixmap_get (TheGtkObject, @p, @m);
|
|
|
|
|
- apixmap := p;
|
|
|
|
|
- amask := m;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.LoadFromFile (Filename:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var bm : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- pm : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- pm := gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm (nil, Colormap, @bm, nil, pgchar(Filename));
|
|
|
|
|
- SetPixmap (pm, bm);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.LoadFromStrings (data:TStrings);
|
|
|
|
|
-var bm : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- pm : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := StringsToPPgchar(Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- pm := gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d (nil, Colormap, @bm, nil, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- SetPixmap (pm, bm);
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * Data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.LoadFromText (data:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- try
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Text := data;
|
|
|
|
|
- LoadFromStrings (l);
|
|
|
|
|
- finally
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPixmap.LoadFromArray (data:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var bm : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- pm : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar(Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- pm := gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d (nil, Colormap, @bm, nil, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- SetPixmap (pm, bm);
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure CreateGdkPixmap (var ThePixmap:PGdkPixmap; var TheMask:PGdkBitmap; aWindow:PGdkWindow; data:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar(Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- ThePixmap := gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d (aWindow, @TheMask, nil, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkContainer }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.TheGtkObject : PGtkContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkContainer(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.GetBorder : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.border_width(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkContainer.SetBorder (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_container_set_border_width(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkContainer.Add (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_container_add (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(AWidget));
|
|
|
|
|
- if IsVisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- AWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkContainer.Add (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_container_add (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(AWidget));
|
|
|
|
|
- AWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkContainer.Remove (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_container_remove (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(AWidget)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkContainer.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- FChildren := TFPgtkWidgetGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-destructor TFPgtkContainer.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(FChildren) then
|
|
|
|
|
- FChildren.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.GetChildren : TFPgtkWidgetGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FChildren.GtkList := gtk_container_children (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FChildren;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkContainer.Focus (Direction:TGtkDirectionType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_container_focus (TheGtkObject, Direction);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkContainer.FocusChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_container_set_focus_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkContainer.RegisterToplevel;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_container_register_toplevel (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkContainer.UnregisterToplevel;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_container_unregister_toplevel (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkContainer.ResizeChildren;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_container_resize_children (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function DirectionFunctionSignalfunc (Sender:PGtkobject; Direction:TGtkDirectionType; data:pointer) : TGtkDirectionType; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, Direction, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.DirectionFunctionSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DirectionFunctionSignalfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.DirectionFunctionSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DirectionFunctionSignalfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAdd (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgAdd, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterAdd (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgAdd, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectRemove (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgRemove, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterRemove (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgRemove, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectCheckResize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgCheckResize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterCheckResize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCheckResize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectFocus (proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DirectionFunctionSignalConnect (sgFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterFocus (proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DirectionFunctionSignalConnectAfter (sgFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectSetFocusChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgSetFocusChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterSetFocusChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgSetFocusChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkBin }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkBin.TheGtkObject : PGtkBin;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkBin(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkBin.GetChild : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.Child),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBin.SetChild (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- Add (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkAlignment }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAlignment.TheGtkObject : PGtkAlignment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkAlignment(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAlignment.Configure (anXAlign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat; anXScale:gfloat; anYScale:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_alignment_set (TheGtkObject, anXAlign, anYAlign, anXScale, anYScale);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkFrame }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFrame.TheGtkObject : PGtkFrame;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkFrame(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFrame.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_frame_new (nil));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFrame.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.thelabel;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFrame.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_frame_set_label(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFrame.GetAlignment : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.label_xalign;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFrame.SetAlignment (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_frame_set_label_align (ThegtkObject, TheValue, 0.0);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFrame.GetShadowType : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFrame.SetShadowType (TheValue:TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_frame_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkAspectFrame }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkAspectFrame.TheGtkObject : PGtkAspectFrame;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkAspectFrame(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAspectFrame.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_aspect_frame_new (nil,0,0,1,1));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkAspectFrame.Configure (anXAlign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat; Ratio:gfloat; ObeyChild:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_aspect_frame_set (TheGtkObject, anXAlign, anYAlign, Ratio, gint(ObeyChild));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkButton }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_button_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.CreateLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-if not assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FLabel := LabelClass.Create ('');
|
|
|
|
|
- with FLabel do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- AskNotification (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
- FAccelKey := ParseULine (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(AddContainer) then
|
|
|
|
|
- AddContainer.Add (FLabel)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- Add (FLabel);
|
|
|
|
|
- LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
- if AnObject = FLabel then
|
|
|
|
|
- FLabel := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectClicked (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgClicked, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterClicked (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgClicked, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectPressed (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgPressed, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterPressed (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgPressed, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectReleased (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgReleased, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterReleased (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgReleased, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectEnter (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgEnter, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterEnter (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgEnter, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectLeave (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgLeave, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterLeave (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgLeave, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.Clicked;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_Clicked (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.Pressed;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_Pressed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.Released;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_Released (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.Enter;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_Enter (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.Leave;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_Leave (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkButton.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- FAddContainer := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkButton.CreateWithLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- create;
|
|
|
|
|
- Text := aText;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkButton.CreateWithLabel (aText:string; AccelGroup:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- create;
|
|
|
|
|
- Text := aText;
|
|
|
|
|
- if (FAccelKey <> 0) and assigned(AccelGroup) then
|
|
|
|
|
- AcceleratorAdd (AccelGroup, sgClicked, FAccelKey, DefaultButtonModifiers, GTK_ACCEL_Visible);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FLabel.Text
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := '';
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
- FLabel.Text := TheValue
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
- CreateLabel (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButton.GetReliefStyle : TGtkReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_button_get_relief(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.SetReliefStyle (TheValue:TGtkReliefStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_set_relief(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButton.LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FLabel.setalignment (0.5,0.5);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkToggleButton }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToggleButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkToggleButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToggleButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_toggle_button_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToggleButton.ConnectToggled (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgToggled, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToggleButton.ConnectAfterToggled (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggled, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToggleButton.Toggled;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toggle_button_toggled (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToggleButton.GetActive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_toggle_button_get_active(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToggleButton.SetActive (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toggle_button_set_active(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToggleButton.GetDrawIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.draw_indicator(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToggleButton.SetDrawIndicator (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk.Set_draw_indicator(TheGtkObject^,guint(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkCheckButton }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCheckButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkCheckButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkCheckButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCheckButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_check_button_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkRadioButton }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkRadioButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkRadioButton.Create (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup := AGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkRadioButton.CreateWithLabel (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup; aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup := AGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited CreateWithLabel (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRadioButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if not assigned (FGroup) then
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup := TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkWidget := gtk_radio_button_new (FGroup.GtkSList);
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup.GtkSList := gtk_radio_button_group (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.GetItem (index:integer) : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkRadioButton(Inherited items[index]);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.SetItem (index:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkRadioButton);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited items[index] := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.ActiveButtonText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ActiveButton.Text;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.ActiveButtonIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- Result := pred(count);
|
|
|
|
|
- while (Result >= 0) and (not items[Result].Active) do
|
|
|
|
|
- dec (Result);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.ActiveButton : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- r := ActiveButtonIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
- if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := items[r]
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function RadioButtonGroupCreateFromStrings (TheItems:TStrings; ToggledFunction:TFPgtkSignalFunction) : TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- b : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- result.BeginUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := TheItems.count-1 downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- b := TFPgtkRadioButton.CreateWithLabel (result, TheItems[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(toggledfunction) then
|
|
|
|
|
- b.connecttoggled (ToggledFunction, IntToPointer(r));
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- b.active := true;
|
|
|
|
|
- result.EndUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkOptionMenu }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkOptionMenu.TheGtkObject : PGtkOptionMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkOptionMenu(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_option_menu_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkOptionMenu.GetMenu : TFPgtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_option_menu_get_menu(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkmenu) as tfpgtkmenu;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.setmenu (TheValue:TFPgtkMenu);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_option_menu_set_menu(TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.RemoveMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_option_menu_remove_menu (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.SetHistory (index:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_option_menu_set_history (TheGtkObject, index);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
-var w : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- w := Menu;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(w) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- w := TFPgtkMenu(w).Active;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkItem(w).Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkItem }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItem.LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItem.CreateLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if not assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FLabel := LabelClass.Create ('');
|
|
|
|
|
- with FLabel do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- AskNotification (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
- FAccelKey := ParseULine (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(AddContainer) then
|
|
|
|
|
- AddContainer.Add (FLabel)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- Add (FLabel);
|
|
|
|
|
- LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItem.NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
- if AnObject = FLabel then
|
|
|
|
|
- FLabel := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItem.ConnectSelect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgSelect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItem.ConnectAfterSelect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItem.ConnectDeselect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgDeselect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItem.ConnectAfterDeselect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDeselect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItem.ConnectToggle (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgToggle, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItem.ConnectAfterToggle (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggle, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItem.Select;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_item_Select (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItem.Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_item_Deselect (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItem.Toggle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_item_Toggle (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkItem.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
- FAddContainer := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkItem.CreateWithLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- Text := aText;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItem.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FLabel.Text
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := '';
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItem.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
- FLabel.Text := TheValue
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
- CreateLabel (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItem.LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkItemGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItemGroup.GetItem (index:integer) : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkItem (inherited items[index]);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.SetItem (index:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkItem);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited items[index] := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.FillFromList (aList:TStrings);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- i : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- BeginUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := 0 to aList.count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- i := FItemClass.CreateWithLabel (aList[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
- add (i);
|
|
|
|
|
- i.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- EndUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.FillFromCommaText (aList:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- try
|
|
|
|
|
- l.commatext := aList;
|
|
|
|
|
- FillFromList (l);
|
|
|
|
|
- finally
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.FillFromArray (aList:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- l := TStringlist.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- try
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := low (aList) to high(aList) do
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Add (aList[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
- FillFromList (l);
|
|
|
|
|
- finally
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.SignalConnect (Signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (Proc) then
|
|
|
|
|
- for r := 0 to count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
- Items[r].SignalConnect (Signal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkItemGroup.create (AnItemClass:TFPgtkItemClass);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- FItemClass := AnItemClass;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkItemGroup.AddTextItem (aText:string) : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FItemClass.CreateWithLabel (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
- Add (result);
|
|
|
|
|
- result.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkMenuItem }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkMenuItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_menu_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.ConnectActivate (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.ConnectAfterActivate (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.ConnectActivateItem (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgActivateItem, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.ConnectAfterActivateItem (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgActivateItem, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.Activate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_item_activate (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetSubMenu (aSubMenu:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_item_Set_submenu (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aSubMenu)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.RemoveSubMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.Configure (ShowToggleIndicator:boolean; ShowSubmenuIndicator:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_item_configure (TheGtkObject, ord(ShowToggleIndicator), ord(ShowSubmenuIndicator));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.RightJustify;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_item_right_justify (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetPlacement : TGtkSubmenuPlacement;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TGtkSubmenuPlacement(submenu_placement(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetPlacement (TheValue:TGtkSubmenuPlacement);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_item_set_placement(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetToggleIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.show_toggle_indicator(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetToggleIndicator (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- Configure (TheValue, SubMenuIndicator);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetSubMenuIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.show_submenu_indicator(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetSubMenuIndicator (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- configure (ToggleIndicator, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetJustifyRight : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.right_justify(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetJustifyRight (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk.Set_right_justify(TheGtkObject^,guint(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetSubMenu : TFPgtkMenuShell;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.submenu),tfpgtkmenushell) as tfpgtkmenushell;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetPropSubMenu (TheValue:TFPgtkMenuShell);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetSubMenu (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuItem.LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkAccelLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- with (TheLabel as TFPgtkAccelLabel) do
|
|
|
|
|
- AccelWidget := Self;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkCheckMenuItem }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkCheckMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkCheckMenuItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_check_menu_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.ConnectToggled (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgToggled, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.ConnectAfterToggled (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgToggled, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.Toggled;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_check_menu_item_toggled (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.GetActive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.active(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.SetActive (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_check_menu_item_set_active(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.GetShowToggle : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.always_show_toggle(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.SetShowToggle (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_check_menu_item_set_show_toggle(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkRadioMenuItem }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioMenuItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkRadioMenuItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRadioMenuItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if not assigned(FGroup) then
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup := TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkWidget := gtk_radio_menu_item_new (FGroup.GtkSList);
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup.GtkSList := gtk_radio_menu_item_group (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkRadioMenuItem.Create (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup := AGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkRadioMenuItem.CreateWithLabel (Agroup:TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup; aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGroup := Agroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited CreateWithLabel (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.GetItem (index:integer) : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkRadioMenuItem(Inherited items[index]);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.SetItem (index:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkRadioMenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited items[index] := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.ActiveMenuText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ActiveMenu.Text;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.ActiveMenuIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- Result := pred(count);
|
|
|
|
|
- while (Result >= 0) and (not items[Result].Active) do
|
|
|
|
|
- dec (Result);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.ActiveMenu : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- r := ActiveMenuIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
- if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := items[r]
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create (TFPgtkRadioMenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkTearOffMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkTearOffMenuItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkListItem }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkListItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkListItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkListItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_list_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure ScrollSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; position:gfloat; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, ScrollType, position, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ScrollSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ScrollSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ScrollSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ScrollSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure ScrollBooleanSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; ScrolType:TgtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, ScrolType, Position, AutoStartSelection, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ScrollBooleanSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ScrollBooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ScrollBooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgToggleFocusRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggleFocusRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgSelectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgUnselectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgUnselectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgUndoSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgUndoSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectStartSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgStartSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterStartSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgStartSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectEndSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgEndSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterEndSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgEndSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgToggleAddMode, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggleAddMode, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ScrollBooleanSignalConnect (sgExtendSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (sgExtendSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ScrollSignalConnect (sgScrollVertical, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ScrollSignalConnectAfter (sgScrollVertical, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectScrollHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ScrollSignalConnect (sgScrollHorizontal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterScrollHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ScrollSignalConnectAfter (sgScrollHorizontal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkListItem.Select;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_item_select (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkListItem.Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_item_deselect (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkListItemGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkListItemGroup.create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create (TFPgtkListItem);
|
|
|
|
|
- ManageLists := false;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkTreeItem }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTreeItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkTreeItem;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkTreeItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tree_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTreeItem.GetSubTree : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_tree_item_subtree(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.SetSubTree (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(TheValue) then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_item_set_subtree (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_item_remove_subtree (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTreeItem.GetPixPlus : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.plus_pix_widget),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTreeItem.GetPixMinus : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.minus_pix_widget),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTreeItem.GetExpanded : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.expanded(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.SetExpanded (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- Expand
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- collapse;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.Select;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_item_select (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_item_deselect (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.Expand;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_item_expand (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.Collapse;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_item_collapse (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTreeItem.ConnectCollapse (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgCollapse, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTreeItem.ConnectAfterCollapse (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCollapse, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTreeItem.ConnectExpand (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgExpand, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTreeItem.ConnectAfterExpand (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgExpand, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkWindow }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.TheGtkObject : PGtkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkWindow(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_window_new (TheWindowType));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkWindow.Create (AType:TGtkWindowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TheWindowType := AType;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- FAccelGroups := TList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- FMainLevel := NoMainLevel;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-destructor TFPgtkWindow.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FAccelGroups.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.GetWindowType : TGtkWindowType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.thetype;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetWindowType (TheValue:TGtkWindowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkObject^.thetype := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.GetTitle : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.title;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetTitle (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_set_title(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.GetModal : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.modal(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetModal (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_set_modal(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.DoDialogResult (Action:integer; Sender:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (OnDialogResult) then
|
|
|
|
|
- OnDialogResult (self, FDialogResult, Action, Sender);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.DoDialogInit (InitData:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (OnDialogInit) then
|
|
|
|
|
- OnDialogInit (self, InitData);
|
|
|
|
|
- FDialogResult := InitData;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.Close;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if (FDestroying = dsAlive) then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_destroy (TheGtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.CloseWindow (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- Close;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.CloseWithResult (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ModalAction := pointertoint(data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetModalAction (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FModalAction := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue <> 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- DoDialogResult (FModalAction, self);
|
|
|
|
|
- close;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.ExecuteEnds (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if gtk_main_level = FMainLevel then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_main_quit;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.Execute (anOnDialogInit:DialogInitCallBack; anInitData:pointer; anOnDialogResult:DialogResultCallBack) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FModalAction := drNone;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (anOnDialogInit) then
|
|
|
|
|
- OnDialogInit := anOnDialogInit;
|
|
|
|
|
- DoDialogInit (anInitData);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (anOnDialogResult) then
|
|
|
|
|
- OnDialogResult := anOnDialogResult;
|
|
|
|
|
- ConnectDestroy (@ExecuteEnds, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
- Modal := True;
|
|
|
|
|
- Show;
|
|
|
|
|
- FMainLevel := gtk_main_level + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
- try
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_main;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FModalAction;
|
|
|
|
|
- finally
|
|
|
|
|
- FMainLevel := NoMainLevel;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.ConnectSetFocus (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgSetFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.ConnectAfterSetFocus (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgSetFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetTransientFor (aParent:TFPgtkWindow);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_set_transient_for (TheGtkObject, PGtkwindow(ConvertToGtkObject(aParent)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.DefaultWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_set_default (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.FocusedWidget (NewFocus:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_set_focus (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(NewFocus)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.GetUserSizable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := (allow_grow(TheGtkObject^)=1) and (auto_shrink(TheGtkObject^)=0);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetUserSizable (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, gint(FALSE), gint(TRUE), gint(FALSE))
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, gint(FALSE), gint(FALSE), gint(TRUE));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.ActivateFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_activate_focus (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.ActivateDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_activate_default (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetDefaultSize (Width:gint; Height:gint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_set_default_size (TheGtkObject, Width, Height);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.GetPosition : TGtkWindowPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TGtkWindowPosition (gtk.position (TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetPosition (TheValue:TGtkWindowPosition);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_set_position(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.GetAccelGroups (ID:integer) : PGtkAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FAccelGroups[ID];
|
|
|
|
|
- if result = nil then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FAccelGroups[-1];
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupNew : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-var ag : Pgtkaccelgroup;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FAccelGroups.Count;
|
|
|
|
|
- ag := gtk_accel_group_new;
|
|
|
|
|
- FAccelGroups.Add (ag);
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_window_add_accel_group (TheGtkObject, ag);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupDelete (ID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_group_detach (FAccelGroups[ID], FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
- FAccelGroups[ID] := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.AcceleratorAdd (AG:integer; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; acFlags:TGtkAccelFlags); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (ConvertToGtkWidget(aWidget), pgchar(aSignal),
|
|
|
|
|
- AccelGroups[AG], Key, Mods, acFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AcceleratorAdd (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; Flags:TGtkAccelFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_add_accelerator (ConvertToGtkWidget(aWidget), pgchar(aSignal),
|
|
|
|
|
- AG, Key, Mods, Flags);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.AcceleratorRemove (AG:integer; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (ConvertToGtkWidget(aWidget), AccelGroups[AG], Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AcceleratorRemove (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (ConvertToGtkWidget(aWidget), AG, Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupLock (AG:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_group_lock (AccelGroups[AG]);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AccelGroupLock (AG:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_group_lock (AG);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupUnlock (AG:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_group_unlock (AccelGroups[AG]);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AccelGroupUnlock (AG:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_group_unlock (AG);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function AccelKeyName (Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := string (gtk_accelerator_name(Key, Mods));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AccelKeyParse (AccelName:string; var Key:guint; var Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
-var k : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
- m : TGdkModifierType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accelerator_parse (pgchar(AccelName), @k, @m);
|
|
|
|
|
- Key := k;
|
|
|
|
|
- Mods := m;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupActivate (AG:integer; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_group_activate (AccelGroups[AG], Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure AccelGroupActivate (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_accel_group_activate (AG, Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.TheGtkObject : PGtkColorSelectionDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkColorSelectionDialog(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_color_selection_dialog_new (''));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.GetColorSel : TFPgtkColorSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.Colorsel),tfpgtkcolorselection) as tfpgtkcolorselection;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.GetButtonOK : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.ok_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.GetButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.cancel_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.GetButtonHelp : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.help_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkDialog }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkDialog.TheGtkObject : PGtkDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkDialog(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkDialog.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_dialog_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkDialog.GetActionArea : TFPgtkHBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.action_area),tfpgtkhbox) as tfpgtkhbox;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkDialog.GetVBox : TFPgtkVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.vbox),tfpgtkvbox) as tfpgtkvbox;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkDialog.create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create (gtk_window_dialog);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkInputDialog }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkInputDialog.TheGtkObject : PGtkInputDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkInputDialog(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkInputDialog.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_input_dialog_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkInputDialog.GetButtonClose : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.close_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkInputDialog.GetButtonSave : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.save_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure DeviceSignalproc (Sender:PGtkinputdialog; DeviceID:integer; Data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkInputDialog, DeviceID, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkInputDialog.DeviceSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DeviceSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkInputDialog.DeviceSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DeviceSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkInputDialog.ConnectEnableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DeviceSignalConnect (sgEnableDevice, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkInputDialog.ConnectAfterEnableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DeviceSignalConnectAfter (sgEnableDevice, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkInputDialog.ConnectDisableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DeviceSignalConnect (sgDisableDevice, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkInputDialog.ConnectAfterDisableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DeviceSignalConnectAfter (sgDisableDevice, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkFileSelection }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.TheGtkObject : PGtkFileSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkFileSelection(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_file_selection_new ('Select a file'));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFilename : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_file_selection_get_filename(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.SetFilename (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_file_selection_set_filename(TheGtkObject,Pgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.Complete (Pattern:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_file_selection_complete (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(Pattern));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.ShowFileOpButtons;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_file_selection_show_fileop_buttons (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.HideFileOpButtons;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetDirList : TFPgtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.dir_list),tfpgtkclist) as tfpgtkclist;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileList : TFPgtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.file_list),tfpgtkclist) as tfpgtkclist;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetOkButton : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.ok_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetCancelButton : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.cancel_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetHistoryPulldown : TFPgtkOptionMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.history_pulldown),tfpgtkoptionmenu) as tfpgtkoptionmenu;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileOpDialog : TFPgtkDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fileop_dialog),tfpgtkdialog) as tfpgtkdialog;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileOpCreateDir : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fileop_c_dir),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileOpDelFile : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fileop_del_file),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileOpRenFile : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fileop_ren_file),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.TheGtkObject : PGtkFontSelectionDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkFontSelectionDialog(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_font_selection_dialog_new (''));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.GetFontSel : TFPgtkFontSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fontsel),tfpgtkfontselection) as tfpgtkfontselection;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.GetButtonOk : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.ok_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.GetButtonApply : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.apply_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.GetButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.cancel_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkEventBox }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEventBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkEventBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkEventBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEventBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_event_box_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkHandleBox }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHandleBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkHandleBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkHandleBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHandleBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_handle_box_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHandleBox.GetShadowType : TGtkShadowtype;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHandleBox.SetShadowType (TheValue:TGtkShadowtype);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHandleBox.GetHandlePosition : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TGtkPositionType (gtk.handle_position(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHandleBox.SetHandlePosition (TheValue:TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHandleBox.GetSnapEdge : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TGtkPositionType (gtk.snap_edge(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHandleBox.SetSnapEdge (TheValue:TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHandleBox.GetChildDetached : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.child_detached(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHandleBox.ConnectChildAttached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgChildAttached, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHandleBox.ConnectAfterChildAttached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgChildAttached, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHandleBox.ConnectChildDetached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgChildDetached, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHandleBox.ConnectAfterChildDetached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgChildDetached, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkScrolledWindow }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.TheGtkObject : PGtkScrolledWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkScrolledWindow(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-var h, v : PgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FHScroll) then
|
|
|
|
|
- h := PGtkAdjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(FHScroll))
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- h := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FVScroll) then
|
|
|
|
|
- v := PGtkAdjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(FVScroll))
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- v := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject (gtk_scrolled_window_new (h, v));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkScrolledWindow.Create (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FVScroll := vadj;
|
|
|
|
|
- FHScroll := hadj;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- setusize (200,170);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetHPolicy : TGtkPolicyType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.hscrollbar_policy(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetHPolicy (TheValue:TGtkPolicyType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, TheValue, VPolicy);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetVPolicy : TGtkPolicyType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.vscrollbar_policy(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetVPolicy (TheValue:TGtkPolicyType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, HPolicy, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetPolicy (aHScrollBar:TGtkPolicyType; aVScrollbar:TGtkPolicyType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, aHScrollBar, aVScrollbar);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetPolicy (aPolicy:TGtkPolicyType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetPolicy (aPolicy, aPolicy);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetHAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scrolled_window_set_hadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetVAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scrolled_window_set_vadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.AddWithViewport (aChild:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(aChild));
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkViewport.createFromObject (PGtkObject(PGtkBin(TheGtkObject)^.child));
|
|
|
|
|
- aChild.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetPlacement : TGtkCornerType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.window_placement(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetPlacement (TheValue:TGtkCornerType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetHScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
-var w : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
- gtkwidg : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtkwidg := PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.hscrollbar);
|
|
|
|
|
- w := GetPascalInstance (gtkwidg);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := (w as TFPgtkScrollbar)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkHScrollbar.CreateFromObject (gtkwidg);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetVScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
-var w : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
- gtkwidg : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtkwidg := PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.vscrollbar);
|
|
|
|
|
- w := GetPascalInstance (gtkwidg);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := (w as TFPgtkScrollbar)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TFPgtkVScrollbar.CreateFromObject (gtkwidg);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.UpdatePolicy (UpdPolicy:TGtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
-var sb : TFpgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- sb := HScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(sb) then
|
|
|
|
|
- sb.UpdatePolicy := UpdPolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
- sb := VScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(sb) then
|
|
|
|
|
- sb.UpdatePolicy := UpdPolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkViewport }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkViewport.TheGtkObject : PGtkViewport;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkViewport(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkViewport.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-var h, v : PgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FHScroll) then
|
|
|
|
|
- h := PGtkAdjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(FHScroll))
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- h := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FVScroll) then
|
|
|
|
|
- v := PGtkAdjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(FVScroll))
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- v := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject (gtk_scrolled_window_new (h, v));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkViewport.Create (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FVScroll := vadj;
|
|
|
|
|
- FHScroll := hadj;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkViewport.GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_viewport_get_hadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkViewport.SetHAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_viewport_set_hadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkViewport.GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_viewport_get_vadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkViewport.SetVAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_viewport_set_vadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkViewport.GetShadowType : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkViewport.SetShadowType (TheValue:TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkBox }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkBox.GetHomogeneous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.homogeneous(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.SetHomogeneous (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Box_set_homogeneous(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkBox.GetSpacing : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.SetSpacing (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Box_set_spacing(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.ReorderChild (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Box_reorder_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), Position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.GetChildPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var Expand:boolean; var Fill:boolean; var Padding:integer; var PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
-var PT : PGtkPackType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- pt := @PackType;
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_box_query_child_packing (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget),
|
|
|
|
|
- @expand, @fill, @padding, pt);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.SetChildPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Expand:boolean; Fill:boolean; Padding:integer; PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Box_set_child_packing (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), Expand, Fill, Padding, PackType);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_box_pack_start_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_box_pack_start_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_box_pack_start (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), expand, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_box_pack_start (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), expand, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_box_pack_end_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_box_pack_end_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_box_pack_end (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), expand, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkBox.PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_box_pack_end (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), expand, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkButtonBox }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButtonBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkButtonBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure SetButtonBoxDefaultSize (aMinWidth:integer; aMinHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_set_child_size_default (aMinWidth, aMinheight);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure GetButtonBoxDefaultSize (var aMinWidth:integer; var aMinHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_get_child_size_default (@aMinWidth, @aMinheight);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure SetButtonBoxDefaultPadding (aIPadX:integer; aIPadY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_set_child_size_default (aIPadX, aIPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure GetButtonBoxDefaultPadding (var aIPadX:integer; var aIPadY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_get_child_size_default (@aIPadX, @aIPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetSpacing : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_button_box_get_spacing(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetSpacing (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_set_spacing(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetLayout : TGtkButtonBoxStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_button_box_get_layout(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetLayout (TheValue:TGtkButtonBoxStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_set_layout(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetMinWidth : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-var x, y : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_get_child_size (TheGtkObject, @x, @y);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := x;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetMinWidth (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_set_child_size (TheGtkObject, TheValue, ChildMinHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetMinHeight : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-var x, y : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_get_child_size (TheGtkObject, @x, @y);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := y;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetMinHeight (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_set_child_size (TheGtkObject, ChildMinWidth, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetChildPadX : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-var x, y : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_get_child_ipadding (TheGtkObject, @x, @y);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := x;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetChildPadX (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_set_child_ipadding (TheGtkObject, TheValue, ChildPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetChildPadY : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-var x, y : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_get_child_ipadding (TheGtkObject, @x, @y);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := y;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetChildPadY (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_button_box_set_child_ipadding (TheGtkObject, ChildPadX, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkHButtonBox }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHButtonBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkHButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkHButtonBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHButtonBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_hbutton_box_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkVButtonBox }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkVButtonBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkVButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkVButtonBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkVButtonBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_vbutton_box_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkVBox }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkVBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkVBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkVBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_VBox_new (False, 1));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkColorSelection }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkColorSelection.TheGtkObject : PGtkColorSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkColorSelection(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkColorSelection.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_color_selection_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkColorSelection.GetUpdatePolicy : TGtkUpdateType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.policy;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkColorSelection.SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue:TGtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_color_selection_set_update_policy(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkColorSelection.GetColor : double;
|
|
|
|
|
-var c : double;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_color_selection_get_color (TheGtkObject, @c);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := c;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkColorSelection.SetColor (TheValue:double);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_color_selection_set_color (TheGtkObject, @TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkColorSelection.GetUseOpacity : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(TheGtkObject^.use_opacity);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkColorSelection.SetUseOpacity (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_color_selection_set_opacity(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkGammaCurve }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkGammaCurve.TheGtkObject : PGtkGammaCurve;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkGammaCurve(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkGammaCurve.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_gamma_curve_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkHBox }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkHBox;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkHBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_HBox_new (False, 1));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkCombo }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCombo.TheGtkObject : PGtkCombo;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkCombo(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCombo.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_combo_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCombo.GetEntry : TFPgtkEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.entry), TFPgtkEntry) as tfpgtkentry;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCombo.GetList : TFPgtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.list), TFPgtkList) as TFPgtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCombo.GetButton : TFpGtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.button), TFPgtkButton) as TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCombo.GetValueInList : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(gtk.value_in_list(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetValueInListProp (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (TheGtkObject, gint(TheValue), gint(OkIfEmpty));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCombo.GetOkIfEmpty : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(gtk.ok_if_empty(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetOkIfEmpty (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (TheGtkObject, gint(ValueInList), gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCombo.GetUseArrows : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(gtk.use_arrows(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetUseArrows (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_combo_set_use_arrows(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCombo.GetUseArrowsAlways : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(gtk.use_arrows_always(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetUseArrowsAlways (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_combo_set_use_arrows_always(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCombo.GetCaseSensitive : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(gtk.case_sensitive(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetCaseSensitive (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_combo_set_case_sensitive(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetItemString (Item:TFPgtkItem; ItemValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_combo_set_item_string (TheGtkObject, PGtkitem(ConvertToGtkObject(Item)), ConvertToPgchar(ItemValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCombo.DisableActivate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_combo_disable_activate (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetValueInList (Val:longbool; IsOkIfEmpty:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (TheGtkObject, gint(Val), gint(IsOkIfEmpty));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkStatusbar }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkStatusbar.TheGtkObject : PGtkStatusbar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkStatusbar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkStatusbar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_statusbar_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkStatusbar.GetContextID (ContextDescr:string) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_statusbar_get_context_id (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(ContextDescr));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkStatusbar.Push (contextID:integer; text:string) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_statusbar_push (TheGtkObject, contextID, ConvertToPgchar(text));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkStatusbar.Pop (contextID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_statusbar_pop (TheGtkObject, contextID);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkStatusbar.Remove (contextID:integer; MessageID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_statusbar_remove (TheGtkObject, contextID, MessageID);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure StatusbarSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; contextID:integer; text:pgChar; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, contextID, text, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkStatusbar.StatusbarSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@StatusbarSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkStatusbar.StatusbarSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@StatusbarSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkStatusbar.ConnectTextPopped (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := StatusbarSignalConnect (sgTextPopped, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkStatusbar.ConnectAfterTextPopped (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := StatusbarSignalConnectAfter (sgTextPopped, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkStatusbar.ConnectTextPushed (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := StatusbarSignalConnect (sgTextPushed, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkStatusbar.ConnectAfterTextPushed (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := StatusbarSignalConnectAfter (sgTextPushed, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkCList }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.TheGtkObject : PGtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkCList(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_clist_new (FColumnCount));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkCList.Create (aColumnCount:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FColumnCount := aColumnCount;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetShadowType (TheValue:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.selection_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetSelectionMode (TheValue:TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_selection_mode(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_freeze (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_thaw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.ShowTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_Column_titles_show (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.HideTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_column_titles_hide (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.ActiveTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_column_titles_active (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.PassiveTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_column_titles_passive (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.ActiveTitle (column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_column_title_active (TheGtkObject, column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.PassiveTitle (column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_column_title_passive (TheGtkObject, column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetColumnTitle (column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_clist_get_column_title(TheGtkObject,column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnTitle (column:integer; TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_column_title(TheGtkObject,column,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetColumnWidget (column:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_clist_get_column_widget(TheGtkObject,column)),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnWidget (column:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_column_widget(TheGtkObject,column,PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnJustification (column:integer; justification:TGtkJustification);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_column_justification (TheGtkObject, column, justification);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnVisibility (column:integer; aVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_column_visibility (TheGtkObject, column, aVisible);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnResizeable (column:integer; Resizeable:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_column_resizeable (TheGtkObject, column, Resizeable);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnAutoResize (column:integer; autoResize:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_column_auto_resize (TheGtkObject, column, autoResize);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.OptimalColumnWidth (column:integer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_clist_optimal_column_width (TheGtkObject, column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnWidth (column:integer; width:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_column_width (TheGtkObject, column, width);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnMinWidth (column:integer; MinWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_column_min_width (TheGtkObject, column, MinWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnMaxWidth (column:integer; MaxWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_column_max_width (TheGtkObject, column, MaxWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.AutoSizeColumns : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_clist_columns_autosize (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.ConfigureColumnWidth (column:integer; Width:integer; MinWidth:integer; MaxWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetColumnWidth (column, Width);
|
|
|
|
|
- SetColumnMaxWidth (column, MaxWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
- SetColumnMinWidth (column, MinWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.ConfigureColumn (column:integer; Justification:TGtkJustification; Visibility:boolean; Resizeable:boolean; AutoSize:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- SetColumnJustification (column, Justification);
|
|
|
|
|
- SetColumnVisibility (column, Visibility);
|
|
|
|
|
- SetColumnResizeable (column, Resizeable);
|
|
|
|
|
- SetColumnAutoResize (column, AutoSize);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetRowHeight (height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_row_height (TheGtkObject, height);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.MoveTo (row:integer; column:integer; RowAlign:gfloat; ColAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_moveto (TheGtkObject, row, column, RowAlign, ColAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.RowIsVisible (Row:integer) : TGtkVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_clist_row_is_visible (TheGtkObject, Row);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetCellType (Row:integer; column:integer) : TGtkCellType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_clist_get_cell_type (TheGtkObject, Row, column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetCellText (Row:integer; Column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-var s : pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
- r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- r := gtk_clist_get_text (TheGtkObject, row, column, @s);
|
|
|
|
|
- if (r = 0) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ''
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := string(s^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetCellText (Row:integer; Column:integer; TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_text(TheGtkObject,Row, Column,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetPixmap (row:integer; column:integer; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_pixmap (TheGtkObject, row, column, pixmap, mask);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.GetPixmap (row:integer; column:integer; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_get_pixmap (TheGtkObject, row, column, @pixmap, @mask);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetPixText (row:integer; column:integer; text:string; spacing:guint8; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_pixtext (TheGtkObject, row, column, ConvertToPgchar(text), spacing, pixmap, mask);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.GetPixText (row:integer; column:integer; var text:string; var aspacing:guint8; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- s : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- s := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- r := gtk_clist_get_pixtext (TheGtkObject, row, column, s, @aspacing, @pixmap, @mask);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- text := '';
|
|
|
|
|
- pixmap := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- mask := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- text := string (s^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetForeground (row:integer; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_foreground (TheGtkObject, row, color);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetBackground (row:integer; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_background (TheGtkObject, row, color);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetCellStyle (row:integer; column:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_clist_get_cell_style(TheGtkObject,row, column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetCellStyle (row:integer; column:integer; TheValue:PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_cell_style(TheGtkObject,row, column,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetRowStyle (row:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_clist_get_row_style(TheGtkObject,row);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetRowStyle (row:integer; TheValue:PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_row_style(TheGtkObject,row,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetShift (row:integer; column:integer; vertical:integer; horizontal:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_shift (TheGtkObject, row, column, vertical, horizontal);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Remove (row:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_remove (TheGtkObject, row);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Prepend (Data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := StringsToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_prepend (TheGtkObject, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Prepend (Text:string; separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
- s : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- try
|
|
|
|
|
- if pos('"',separator) = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- s := stringreplace (Text, '"', '""', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
- if separator <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
- s := stringreplace(Text, separator, '","', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
- l.CommaText := '"'+s+'"';
|
|
|
|
|
- Prepend (l);
|
|
|
|
|
- finally
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Prepend (data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_prepend (TheGtkObject, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Append (data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := StringsToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_append (TheGtkObject, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Append (Text:string; Separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
- s : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- try
|
|
|
|
|
- if pos('"',separator) = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- s := stringreplace (Text, '"', '""', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
- if separator <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
- s := stringreplace(Text, separator, '","', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
- l.CommaText := '"' + s + '"';
|
|
|
|
|
- Append (l);
|
|
|
|
|
- finally
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Append (data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_append (TheGtkObject, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Insert (row:integer; data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := StringsToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_insert (TheGtkObject, row, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Insert (row:integer; Text:string; Separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
- s : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- try
|
|
|
|
|
- if pos('"',separator) = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- s := stringreplace (Text, '"', '""', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
- if separator <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
- s := stringreplace(Text, separator, '","', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
- l.CommaText := '"' + s + '"';
|
|
|
|
|
- Insert (row, l);
|
|
|
|
|
- finally
|
|
|
|
|
- l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Insert (row:integer; data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_insert (TheGtkObject, row, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetRowData (row:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_clist_get_row_data(TheGtkObject,row);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetRowData (row:integer; TheValue:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_row_data(TheGtkObject,row,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.FindRowFromData (data:pointer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_clist_find_row_from_data (TheGtkObject, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SelectRow (row:integer; column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_select_row (TheGtkObject, row, column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.UnselectRow (row:integer; column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_unselect_row (TheGtkObject, row, column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_clear (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SelectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_select_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.UnselectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_unselect_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SwapRows (row1:integer; row2:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_swap_rows (TheGtkObject, row1, row2);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.RowMove (sourceRow:integer; destRow:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if sourceRow = DestRow then
|
|
|
|
|
- Exit;
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_row_move (TheGtkObject, sourceRow, destRow);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.Sort;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_sort (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetCompareFunc (TheValue:TGtkCListCompareFunc);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_Compare_func(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetSortColumn : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.sort_column;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetSortColumn (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_sort_column(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetSetSortType : TGtkSortType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.sort_type;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetSetSortType (TheValue:TGtkSortType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_sort_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetAutoSort (autoSort:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_auto_sort (TheGtkObject, autoSort);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_clist_get_hadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetHAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_hadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_clist_get_vadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetVAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_vadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCList.SetReorderable (reorderable:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_clist_set_reorderable (TheGtkObject, reorderable);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.Count : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.rows;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure CListScrollSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; position:gfloat; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, ScrollType, position, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.CListScrollSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@CListScrollSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.CListScrollSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@CListScrollSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure CListScrollBooleanSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, ScrollType, Position, AutoStartSelection, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.CListScrollBooleanSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@CListScrollBooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.CListScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@CListScrollBooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure SelectRowSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; row:integer; column:integer; event:PGdkEventButton; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, row, column, event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.SelectRowSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@SelectRowSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.SelectRowSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@SelectRowSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectSelectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SelectRowSignalConnect (sgSelectRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterSelectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SelectRowSignalConnectAfter (sgSelectRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectUnselectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SelectRowSignalConnect (sgUnselectRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterUnselectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SelectRowSignalConnectAfter (sgUnselectRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure MoveSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; arg1:integer; arg2:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, arg1, arg2, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.MoveSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.MoveSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectRowMove (proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveSignalConnect (sgRowMove, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterRowMove (proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveSignalConnectAfter (sgRowMove, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CListScrollSignalConnect (sgScrollVertical, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CListScrollSignalConnectAfter (sgScrollVertical, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectScrolHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CListScrollSignalConnect (sgScrolHorizontal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterScrolHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CListScrollSignalConnectAfter (sgScrolHorizontal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgToggleFocusRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggleFocusRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgSelectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgUnselectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgUnselectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgUndoSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgUndoSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectStartSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgStartSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterStartSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgStartSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectEndSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgEndSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterEndSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgEndSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgToggleAddMode, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgToggleAddMode, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAbortColumnResize (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgAbortColumnResize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterAbortColumnResize (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgAbortColumnResize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CListScrollBooleanSignalConnect (sgExtendSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := CListScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (sgExtendSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure ColumnClickedSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; column:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, column, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ColumnClickedSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ColumnClickedSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ColumnClickedSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ColumnClickedSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectClickColumn (proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ColumnClickedSignalConnect (sgClickColumn, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterClickColumn (proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ColumnClickedSignalConnectAfter (sgClickColumn, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure ResizeColumnSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; column:integer; width:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, column, width, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ResizeColumnSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ResizeColumnSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ResizeColumnSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ResizeColumnSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectResizeColumn (proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ResizeColumnSignalConnect (sgResizeColumn, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterResizeColumn (proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ResizeColumnSignalConnectAfter (sgResizeColumn, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkCTree }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.TheGtkObject : PGtkCTree;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkCTree(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetLineStyle : TGtkCTreeLineStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TGtkCTreeLineStyle(gtk.line_style(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetLineStyle (TheValue:TGtkCTreeLineStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_set_line_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetShowStub : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.show_stub(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetShowStub (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_set_show_stub(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetExpanderStyle : TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle(gtk.expander_style(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetExpanderStyle (TheValue:TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_set_expander_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetSpacing : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.tree_spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetSpacing (TheValue:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_set_spacing(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetIndent : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.tree_indent;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetIndent (TheValue:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_set_indent(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetTreeColumn : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.tree_column;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkCTree.Create (aColumnCount:integer; aTreeColumn:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FTreeColumn := aTreeColumn;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited Create (aColumnCount);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.RemoveNode (node:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_remove_node (TheGtkObject, node);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.InsertNode (aParent:PGtkCTreeNode; Sibling:PGtkCTreeNode; data:string; aSpacing:guint8; PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean) : PGtkCTreeNode; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_insert_node (TheGtkObject, aParent, Sibling, ConvertToPgchar(data), aSpacing, PixmapClosed, MaskClosed, PixmapOpened, MaskOpened, IsLeaf, Expanded);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.InsertNode (aParent:PGtkCTreeNode; Sibling:PGtkCTreeNode; data:string; aSpacing:guint8; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean) : PGtkCTreeNode; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := InsertNode (aParent, Sibling, data, aSpacing, nil, nil, nil, nil, IsLeaf, Expanded);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure FPgtkCTreeFunc (Tree:PGtkCTree; Node:PGtkCTreeNode; data:pointer); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkCTreeFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkCTreeFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TFPgtkCTree(GetPascalInstance(PgtkObject(Tree))), Node, data);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.PostRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_CTree_post_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode, @FPgtkCTreeFunc,
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.PostRecursiveToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_CTree_post_recursive_to_depth (TheGtkObject, aNode, aDepth, @FPgtkCTreeFunc,
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.PreRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_CTree_pre_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode, @FPgtkCTreeFunc,
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.PreRecursiveToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_CTree_pre_recursive_to_depth (TheGtkObject, aNode, aDepth, @FPgtkCTreeFunc,
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.IsViewable (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_is_viewable (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.LastChild (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_last (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.IsChild (anAncestor:PGtkCTreeNode; aChild:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_find (TheGtkObject, anAncestor, aChild);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.IsAncestor (anAncestor:PGtkCTreeNode; aChild:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_is_ancestor (TheGtkObject, anAncestor, aChild);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.IsHotSpot (X:integer; Y:integer) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_is_hot_spot (TheGtkObject, X, Y);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.MoveNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; NewParent:PGtkCTreeNode; NewSibling:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_move (TheGtkObject, aNode, NewParent, NewSibling);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.Expand (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_expand (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.ExpandRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_expand_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.ExpandToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_expand_to_depth (TheGtkObject, aNode, aDepth);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.Collapse (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_collapse (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.CollapseRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_collapse_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.CollapseToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_collapse_to_depth (TheGtkObject, aNode, aDepth);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SelectNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_select (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SelectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_select_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.UnselectNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_unselect (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.UnselectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_unselect_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.RealSelectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aState:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_real_select_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode, ord(aState));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.NodeGetCellType (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer) : TGtkCellType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_node_get_cell_type (TheGtkObject, Node, column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeCellText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-var s : pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
- r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- r := gtk_ctree_node_get_text (TheGtkObject, node, column, @s);
|
|
|
|
|
- if (r = 0) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ''
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := string(s^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeCellText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer; TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_text(TheGtkObject,Node, Column,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetPixmap (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_pixmap (TheGtkObject, Node, column, pixmap, mask);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeGetPixmap (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_get_pixmap (TheGtkObject, node, column, @pixmap, @mask);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetPixText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; text:string; aspacing:guint8; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_pixtext (TheGtkObject, Node, column, ConvertToPgchar(text), aspacing, pixmap, mask);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeGetPixText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; var text:string; var aspacing:guint8; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- s : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- s := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- r := gtk_ctree_node_get_pixtext (TheGtkObject, node, column, s, @aspacing, @pixmap, @mask);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- text := '';
|
|
|
|
|
- pixmap := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- mask := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- text := string (s^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeInfo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aText:string; aSpacing:guint8; PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_set_node_info (TheGtkObject, aNode, ConvertToPgchar(aText), aSpacing, PixmapClosed, MaskClosed, PixmapOpened, MaskOpened, IsLeaf, Expanded);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeInfo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; var aText:string; var aSpacing:guint8; var PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; var MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; var PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; var MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; var IsLeaf:boolean; var Expanded:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
- s : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- s := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- r := gtk_ctree_get_node_info (TheGtkObject, aNode, s,
|
|
|
|
|
- @aspacing, @pixmapClosed, @maskClosed, @pixmapOpened, @maskOpened,
|
|
|
|
|
- @IsLeaf, @expanded);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- atext := '';
|
|
|
|
|
- Spacing := 0;
|
|
|
|
|
- pixmapClosed := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- maskClosed := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- pixmapOpened := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- maskOpened := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- IsLeaf := false;
|
|
|
|
|
- Expanded := false;
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- atext := string (s^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetShift (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; vertical:integer; horizontal:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_shift (TheGtkObject, Node, column, vertical, horizontal);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeSelectable (Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_node_get_selectable(TheGtkObject,Node);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeSelectable (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_selectable(TheGtkObject,Node,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetForeground (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_foreground (TheGtkObject, Node, color);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetBackground (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_background (TheGtkObject, Node, color);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeCellStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_node_get_cell_style(TheGtkObject,Node, column);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeCellStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; TheValue:PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_cell_style(TheGtkObject,Node, column,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeRowStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_node_get_row_style(TheGtkObject,Node);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeRowStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue:PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_row_style(TheGtkObject,Node,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeData (Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_node_get_row_data(TheGtkObject,Node);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeData (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_set_row_data(TheGtkObject,Node,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeMoveTo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; RowAlign:gfloat; ColAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_node_moveto (TheGtkObject, aNode, column, RowAlign, ColAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.IsVisible (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode) : TGtkVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_node_is_visible (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.GetCompareDragFunc : TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.drag_compare;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetCompareDragFunc (TheValue:TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_set_drag_compare_func(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SortNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_sort_node (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCTree.SortRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ctree_sort_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCTree.NthNode (Row:integer) : PGtkCTreeNode;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_ctree_node_Nth (TheGtkObject, Row);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkFixed }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFixed.TheGtkObject : PGtkFixed;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkFixed(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFixed.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_fixed_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFixed.Put (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_fixed_put (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFixed.Move (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_fixed_move (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFixed.GetPos (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var PosX:integer; var PosY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-var g : TFPgtkGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
- r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- g := TFPgtkGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- try
|
|
|
|
|
- g.ManageLists := false;
|
|
|
|
|
- g.gtkList := TheGtkObject^.children;
|
|
|
|
|
- r := g.indexof (Widget);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r < 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- PosX := -1;
|
|
|
|
|
- PosY := -1;
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- with PGtkFixedChild(g.Items[r])^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- PosX := x;
|
|
|
|
|
- PosY := Y;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- finally
|
|
|
|
|
- g.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkNotebook }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.TheGtkObject : PGtkNotebook;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkNotebook(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_notebook_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.AppendPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_append_page (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel));
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.AppendPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (MenuLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_append_page_menu (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel), ConvertTogtkWidget(MenuLabel))
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_append_page (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel));
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.PrependPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_Prepend_page (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TabLabel)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.PrependPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (MenuLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_prepend_page_menu (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel), ConvertTogtkWidget(MenuLabel))
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_prepend_page (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel));
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.InsertPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_insert_page (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TabLabel)), Position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.InsertPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (MenuLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_insert_page_menu (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel), ConvertTogtkWidget(MenuLabel), position)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_insert_page (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel), position);
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.RemovePage (PageNumber:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_remove_page (TheGtkObject, PageNumber);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.PageNumberOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_notebook_page_num (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.NextPage;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_next_page (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.PrevPage;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_prev_page (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.ReorderPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; PageNum:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_reorder_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PageNum);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetPageIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_notebook_get_current_page(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetPageIndex (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_page(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetPage : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetChildOnPage (PageIndex);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetPage (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- r := PageNumberOf (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r > -1 then
|
|
|
|
|
- PageIndex := r;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabPos : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.tab_pos(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabPos (TheValue:TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetShowTabs : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.show_tabs(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetShowTabs (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetShowBorder : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.show_border(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetShowBorder (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_show_border(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetScrollable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.scrollable(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetScrollable (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_scrollable(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetHomogenous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.homogeneous(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetHomogenous (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_homogeneous_tabs(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabHBorder : word;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.tab_hborder;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabHBorder (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_tab_hborder(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabVBorder : word;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.tab_vborder;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabVBorder (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_tab_vborder(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabBorders (BorderWidth:word);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_tab_border (TheGtkObject, BorderWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetMenuLabelOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(gtk_notebook_get_menu_label (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child)))) as TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetMenuLabel (Child:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_menu_label (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuLabel)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabLabelOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(gtk_notebook_get_tab_label (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child)))) as TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabLabel (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TabLabel)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.GetChildOnPage (PageNum:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (TheGtkObject, PageNum))) as TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabLabelPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var Expand:boolean; var Fill:boolean; var PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
-var PT : PGtkPackType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- pt := @PackType;
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_query_tab_label_packing (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(widget),
|
|
|
|
|
- @expand, @fill, pt);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabLabelPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Expand:boolean; Fill:boolean; PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_set_tab_label_packing (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), Expand, Fill, PackType);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.EnablePopup;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_popup_enable (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkNotebook.DisablePopup;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_notebook_popup_disable (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure PageSwitchSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; PageRec:PGtkNotebookPage; aPageNum:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, PageRec, aPageNum, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.PageSwitchSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@PageSwitchSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.PageSwitchSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@PageSwitchSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.ConnectSwitchPage (proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PageSwitchSignalConnect (sgSwitchPage, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkNotebook.ConnectAfterSwitchPage (proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PageSwitchSignalConnectAfter (sgSwitchPage, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkFontSelection }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFontSelection.TheGtkObject : PGtkFontSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkFontSelection(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFontSelection.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_font_selection_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFontSelection.GetFontName : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_font_selection_get_font_name(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFontSelection.SetFontName (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if not gtk_font_selection_set_font_name (TheGtkObject, pgchar(TheValue)) then
|
|
|
|
|
- raise exception.CreateFmt (sFontNotFound, [TheValue]);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFontSelection.GetFont : PGdkFont;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_font_selection_get_font (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkFontSelection.GetPreviewText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_font_selection_get_preview_text(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFontSelection.SetPreviewText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_font_selection_set_preview_text(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkFontSelection.SetFilter (FilterType:TGtkFontFilterType; FontType:TGtkFontType; Foundries:array of string; Weights:array of string; Slants:array of string; SetWidths:array of string; Spacings:array of string; CharSets:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var ppF, ppW, ppSl, ppSW, ppSp, ppC : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- function MakePP (data : array of string) : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if high(data) > low(data) then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := ArrayToPPgchar(data)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- procedure FreePP (ppdata : ppgchar; data : array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (ppdata) then
|
|
|
|
|
- freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ppF := MakePP(Foundries);
|
|
|
|
|
- ppW := MakePP(Weights);
|
|
|
|
|
- ppSl := MakePP(Slants);
|
|
|
|
|
- ppSW := MakePP(SetWidths);
|
|
|
|
|
- ppSp := MakePP(Spacings);
|
|
|
|
|
- ppC := MakePP(CharSets);
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_font_selection_set_filter (TheGtkObject, FilterType, FontType, ppF, ppW, ppSl, ppSW, ppSp, ppC);
|
|
|
|
|
- FreePP (ppF, Foundries);
|
|
|
|
|
- FreePP (ppW, Weights);
|
|
|
|
|
- FreePP (ppSl, Slants);
|
|
|
|
|
- FreePP (ppSW, SetWidths);
|
|
|
|
|
- FreePP (ppSp, Spacings);
|
|
|
|
|
- FreePP (ppC, CharSets);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkPaned }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPaned.TheGtkObject : PGtkPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkPaned(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPaned.GetGutterSize : word;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.gutter_size;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.SetGutterSize (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- {$ifdef gtkwin}
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkObject^.gutter_size := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
- {$else}
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_set_gutter_size(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
- {$endif}
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPaned.GetHandleSize : word;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.handle_size;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.SetHandleSize (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_set_handle_size(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPaned.GetPosition : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.child1_size;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.SetPosition (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_set_position(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.ComputePosition (AnAllocation:integer; Child1Req:integer; Child2Req:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_compute_position (TheGtkObject, AnAllocation, Child1Req, Child2Req);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.Add1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_add1 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child));
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.Pack1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_pack1 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child), Resize, Shrink);
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.Add1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; isVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_add1 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child));
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.Pack1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_pack1 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child), Resize, Shrink);
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.Add2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_add2 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child));
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.Pack2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_pack2 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child), Resize, Shrink);
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.Add2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_add2 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child));
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPaned.Pack2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_paned_pack2 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child), Resize, Shrink);
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkHPaned }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHPaned.TheGtkObject : PGtkHPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkHPaned(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHPaned.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_hpaned_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkVPaned }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkVPaned.TheGtkObject : PGtkVPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkVPaned(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkVPaned.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_vpaned_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkLayout }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkLayout.TheGtkObject : PGtkLayout;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkLayout(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLayout.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_layout_new (nil,nil));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkLayout.GetHAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_layout_get_hadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLayout.SetHAdj (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_layout_set_hadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkLayout.GetVAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_layout_get_vadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLayout.SetVAdj (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_layout_set_vadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLayout.Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_layout_freeze (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLayout.Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_layout_thaw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLayout.Put (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_layout_put (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aWidget)), X, Y);
|
|
|
|
|
- aWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLayout.Put (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_layout_put (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aWidget)), X, Y);
|
|
|
|
|
- if aVisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- aWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLayout.Move (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_layout_move (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aWidget)), X, Y);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkLayout.SetSize (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_layout_set_size (TheGtkObject, aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkList }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkList.TheGtkObject : PGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkList(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_list_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkList.ConnectSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgSelectionChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkList.ConnectAfterSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgSelectionChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkList.ConnectSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgSelectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkList.ConnectAfterSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgSelectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkList.ConnectUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgUnselectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkList.ConnectAfterUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgUnselectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkList.GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TGtkSelectionMode(Selection_mode(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.SetSelectionMode (TheValue:TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_set_selection_mode(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.InsertItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_insert_items (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList, position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.AppendItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_append_items (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.PrependItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_prepend_items (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.RemoveItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_remove_items (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.RemoveItemsNoUnref (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_remove_items_no_unref (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.ClearItems (FromItem:integer; ToItem:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if ToItem >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- inc (ToItem);
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_clear_items (TheGtkObject, FromItem, ToItem);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.ClearAll;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ClearItems (0,-1);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.SelectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_select_item (TheGtkObject, Item);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.UnselectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_unselect_item (TheGtkObject, Item);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.SelectChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_select_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.UnselectChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_unselect_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkList.ChildPosition (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_list_child_position (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.ExtendSelection (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_extend_selection (TheGtkObject, ScrollType, Position, AutoStartSelection);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.StartSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_start_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.EndSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_end_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.SelectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_select_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.UnselectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_unselect_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.ScrollHorizontal (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_scroll_horizontal (TheGtkObject, ScrollType, Position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.ScrollVertical (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_scroll_vertical (TheGtkObject, ScrollType, Position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.ToggleAddMode;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_toggle_add_mode (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.ToggleFocusRow;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_toggle_focus_row (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.ToggleRow (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_toggle_row (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.UndoSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_undo_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.EndDragSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_list_end_drag_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkList.GetSelection (aGroup:TFPgtkGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- with aGroup do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- ManageLists := False;
|
|
|
|
|
- GtkList := TheGtkObject^.Selection;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkMenuShell }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuShell;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkMenuShell(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure MoveCurrentSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; dir:TGtkMenuDirectionType; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, dir, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.MoveCurrentSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveCurrentSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.MoveCurrentSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveCurrentSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_shell_prepend (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_shell_insert (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_shell_append (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.ActivateItem (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; ForceDeactivate:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_shell_activate_item (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), ForceDeactivate);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.SelectItem (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_shell_select_item (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.DeActivate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_shell_deactivate (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Prepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- GtkPrepend (MenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
- MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Prepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- GtkPrepend (MenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
- if createvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Insert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- GtkInsert (MenuItem, position);
|
|
|
|
|
- MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Insert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- GtkInsert (MenuItem, position);
|
|
|
|
|
- if createvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Append (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- GtkAppend (MenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
- MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Append (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- GtkAppend (MenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
- if createvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectDeActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgDeActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterDeActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDeActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectSelectionDone (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgSelectionDone, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterSelectionDone (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelectionDone, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectCancel (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgCancel, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterCancel (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCancel, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectMoveCurrent (proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveCurrentSignalConnect (sgMoveCurrent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterMoveCurrent (proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveCurrentSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveCurrent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectActivateCurrent (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := BooleanSignalConnect (sgActivateCurrent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterActivateCurrent (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := BooleanSignalConnectAfter (sgActivateCurrent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkMenuBar }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuBar.TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuBar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkMenuBar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_menu_bar_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_bar_prepend (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_bar_insert (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_bar_append (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenuBar.GetShadow : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.SetShadow (TheValue:TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_bar_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkMenu }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenu.TheGtkObject : PGtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkMenu(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_menu_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_prepend (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_insert (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_append (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure FPgtkMenuPos (Sender:PgtkMenu; x:pgint; y:pgint; data:pointer); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkMenuPosFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- with PSignalData (data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkMenuPosFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p(TFPgtkMenu(GetPascalInstance(PgtkObject(Sender))), x^, y^, data);
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure FPgtkMenuDetacher (AttachedWidget:PgtkWidget; TheMenu:PgtkMenu); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var m : TFPgtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
- a : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- m := (GetPascalInstance(PgtkObject(TheMenu)) as TFPgtkMenu);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned(m) and assigned(m.FDetacher) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- a := TFPgtkWidget (GetPascalInstance(PgtkObject(AttachedWidget)));
|
|
|
|
|
- m.FDetacher (a, m);
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.ReorderChild (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_reorder_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.Popup (button:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_popup (TheGtkObject, null, null, null, null, button, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.Popup (ParentShell:TFPgtkWidget; ParentItem:TFPgtkWidget; func:TFPgtkMenuPosFunction; data:pointer; button:guint; ActivateTime:guint32); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_popup (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(ParentShell), ConvertTogtkWidget(ParentItem),
|
|
|
|
|
- @FPgtkMenuPos, ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true), button, ActivateTime);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.PopDown;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_popdown (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.Reposition;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_reposition (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.AttachToWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; detacher:TFPgtkMenuDetachFunction);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FDetacher := detacher;
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_attach_to_widget (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Widget), @FPgtkMenuDetacher);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.Detach;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_detach (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetTitle (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_set_title(TheGtkObject,Pgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenu.GetActive : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_menu_get_active(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetActive (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- r := Children.indexof (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
- if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
- SetActiveIndex (r);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenu.GetActiveIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := Children.indexof (GetActive);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetActiveIndex (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_set_active(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenu.GetTearOffState : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.torn_off(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetTearOffState (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_set_tearoff_state(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenu.GetAttachedTo : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_menu_get_attach_widget(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetAttachedTo (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- AttachToWidget (TheValue, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkMenu.GetAccelGroup : PGtkAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_menu_ensure_uline_accel_group(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetAccelGroup (TheValue:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_menu_set_accel_group(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkPacker }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPacker.TheGtkObject : PGtkPacker;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkPacker(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_packer_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_add_defaults (TheGtkObject, Child.TheGtkWidget, Side, anchor, options);
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_add_defaults (TheGtkObject, Child.TheGtkWidget, Side, anchor, options);
|
|
|
|
|
- if aVisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_add (TheGtkObject, Child.TheGtkWidget, Side, anchor, options, aborder, padX, PadY, IPadX, IPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_add (TheGtkObject, Child.TheGtkWidget, Side, anchor, options, aborder, padX, PadY, IPadX, IPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
- if aVisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.ReorderChild (aChild:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_reorder_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aChild)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPacker.GetSpacing : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.SetSpacing (TheValue:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_set_spacing(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.DefaultBorder (aBorder:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_set_default_border_width (TheGtkObject, aBorder);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.DefaultPad (PadX:guint; PadY:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_set_default_pad (TheGtkObject, PadX, PadY);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.DefaultIPad (IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_set_default_ipad (TheGtkObject, IPadX, IPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPacker.Configure (aChild:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_packer_set_child_packing (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aChild)), Side, Anchor, options, aBorder, PadX, PadY, IPadX, IPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkTable }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTable.TheGtkObject : PGtkTable;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkTable(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_table_new (1,1,False));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkTable.Create (AColumns:integer; ARows:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- resize (AColumns, ARows);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.Resize (AColumns:integer; ARows:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_resize (TheGtkObject, ARows, AColumns);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; XOptions:integer; YOptions:integer; XPadding:integer; YPadding:integer; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_attach (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), left, right, top, bottom,
|
|
|
|
|
- XOptions, YOptions, XPadding, YPadding);
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; XOptions:integer; YOptions:integer; XPadding:integer; YPadding:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_attach (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Widget), left, right, top, bottom,
|
|
|
|
|
- XOptions, YOptions, XPadding, YPadding);
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_attach_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Widget), left, right, top, bottom);
|
|
|
|
|
- if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_attach_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Widget), left, right, top, bottom);
|
|
|
|
|
- widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTable.GetRowCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.nrows;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTable.GetColCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.ncols;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTable.GetHomogeneous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.homogeneous(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.SetHomogeneous (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_set_homogeneous(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTable.GetRowSpacings : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.column_spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.SetRowSpacings (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_set_row_spacings(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTable.GetColSpacings : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.row_spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.SetColSpacings (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_set_col_spacings(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.SetOneRowSpacing (row:integer; TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_set_row_spacing (TheGtkObject, row, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTable.SetOneColSpacing (Column:integer; TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_table_set_col_spacing (TheGtkObject, Column, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkToolbar }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.TheGtkObject : PGtkToolbar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkToolbar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_toolbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.GetButtonRelief : TGtkReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_toolbar_get_button_relief(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetButtonRelief (TheValue:TGtkReliefStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_set_button_relief(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.GetTooltips : TFPgtkTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.tooltips),tfpgtktooltips) as tfpgtktooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.GetEnableTooltips : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := tooltips.enabled;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetEnableTooltips (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_set_tooltips(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.GetSpaceStyle : TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.space_style;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetSpaceStyle (TheValue:TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_set_space_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.GetSpaceSize : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.space_size;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetSpaceSize (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_set_space_size(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.GetStyle : TGtkToolbarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.style;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetStyle (TheValue:TGtkToolbarStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_set_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.GetOrientation : tGtkOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.orientation;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetOrientation (TheValue:tGtkOrientation);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_set_orientation(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.InsertWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_insert_widget (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), ConvertToPgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate), Position);
|
|
|
|
|
- Widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.PrependWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_prepend_widget (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate));
|
|
|
|
|
- Widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.AppendWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_append_widget (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate));
|
|
|
|
|
- Widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.InsertElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-var w : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- t : TFPgtkObjectClass;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- w := gtk_toolbar_insert_element (TheGtkObject, ButtonType,
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertToGtkwidget(PrevRadioBut), ConvertTopgchar(Text),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertToGtkwidget(Icon),
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true),
|
|
|
|
|
- position);
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- case ButtonType of
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_WIDGET:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_BUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_TOGGLEBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_RADIOBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- if t = TFPgtkWidget then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (w)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (w, t);
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.AppendElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-var w : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- t : TFPgtkObjectClass;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- w := gtk_toolbar_append_element (TheGtkObject, ButtonType, ConvertToGtkwidget(PrevRadioBut),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertToGtkwidget(Icon), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- case ButtonType of
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_WIDGET:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_BUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_TOGGLEBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_RADIOBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- if t = TFPgtkWidget then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (w)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (w, t);
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.PrependElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
-var w : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- t : TFPgtkObjectClass;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- w := gtk_toolbar_prepend_element (TheGtkObject, ButtonType, ConvertToGtkwidget(PrevRadioBut),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertToGtkwidget(Icon), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- case ButtonType of
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_WIDGET:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_BUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_TOGGLEBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_RADIOBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
- t := TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
- if t = TFPgtkWidget then
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (w)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (w, t);
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.InsertItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_insert_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate), ConvertToGtkWidget(Icon),
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true), position),
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.AppendItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_append_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertToGtkWidget(Icon), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true)),
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.PrependItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_prepend_item (TheGtkObject, Converttopgchar(Text), Converttopgchar(TooltipText),
|
|
|
|
|
- Converttopgchar(TooltipPrivate), ConvertToGtkWidget(Icon), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true)),
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.InsertItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var pm : TFPgtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if low(icon) < high(icon) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- pm := TFPgtkPixmap.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- pm.loadFromArray (icon);
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- pm := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_insert_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate), ConvertToGtkWidget(pm),
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true), position),
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.AppendItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var pm : TFPgtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if low(icon) < high(icon) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- pm := TFPgtkPixmap.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- pm.loadFromArray (icon);
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- pm := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_append_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertToGtkWidget(pm), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true)),
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkToolbar.PrependItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
-var pm : TFPgtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if low(icon) < high(icon) then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- pm := TFPgtkPixmap.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- pm.loadFromArray (icon);
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- pm := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_prepend_item (TheGtkObject, Converttopgchar(Text), Converttopgchar(TooltipText),
|
|
|
|
|
- Converttopgchar(TooltipPrivate), ConvertToGtkWidget(pm), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
- ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true)),
|
|
|
|
|
- TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.InsertSpace (position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_insert_space (TheGtkObject, position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.AppendSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_append_space (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkToolbar.PrependSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_toolbar_prepend_space (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkTree }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.TheGtkObject : PGtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkTree(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tree_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.ConnectSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgSelectionChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.ConnectAfterSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelectionChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.ConnectSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgSelectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.ConnectAfterSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgSelectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.ConnectUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgUnselectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.ConnectAfterUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgUnselectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.selection_mode(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.SetSelectionMode (TheValue:TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_set_selection_mode(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.GetViewLines : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.view_line(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.SetViewLines (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_set_view_lines(TheGtkObject,guint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.GetViewMode : TGtkTreeViewMode;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.view_mode(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.SetViewMode (TheValue:TGtkTreeViewMode);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_set_view_mode(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.Append (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_append (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
- TreeItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.Prepend (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_prepend (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
- TreeItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.Insert (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_insert (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)),position);
|
|
|
|
|
- TreeItem.show;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.Remove (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-var l : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-{$ifndef win32}
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_remove_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(TreeItem));
|
|
|
|
|
-{$else}
|
|
|
|
|
- l := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- l := g_list_append (l, ConvertToGtkWidget(TreeItem));
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_remove_items (TheGtkObject, l);
|
|
|
|
|
- g_list_free (l);
|
|
|
|
|
-{$endif}
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.ClearItems (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_clear_items (TheGtkObject, StartPos, EndPos);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.SelectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_select_item (TheGtkObject, Item);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.UnselectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_unselect_item (TheGtkObject, Item);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.SelectChild (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_select_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.UnselectChild (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_tree_unselect_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.ChildPosition (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_tree_child_position (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.RootTree : TFPgtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(GTK_TREE_ROOT_TREE(TheGtkObject))) as TFPgtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.IsRootTree : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GTK_IS_ROOT_TREE (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkTree.GetSelection (aGroup:TFPgtkGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- aGroup.ManageLists := false;
|
|
|
|
|
- aGroup.GtkList := Gtk_Tree_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkTree.Level : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.level;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkCalendar }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.TheGtkObject : PGtkCalendar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkCalendar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCalendar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_calendar_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.SelectMonth (aMonth:guint; aYear:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_calendar_select_month (TheGtkObject, aMonth-1, aYear);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCalendar.SelectDay (aDay:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_calendar_select_day (TheGtkObject, aDay);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.MarkDay (aDay:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_calendar_mark_day (TheGtkObject, aDay);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.UnmarkDay (aDay:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_calendar_unmark_day (TheGtkObject, aDay);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCalendar.ClearMarks;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_calendar_clear_marks (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.GetDisplayOptions : TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.display_flags;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCalendar.SetDisplayOptions (TheValue:TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_calendar_display_options(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.GetDate : TDatetime;
|
|
|
|
|
-var y, m, d : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_calendar_get_date (TheGtkObject, @y, @m, @d);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := encodedate (y,m+1,d);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCalendar.SetDate (TheValue:TDatetime);
|
|
|
|
|
-var y,m,d : word;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- decodedate (TheValue, y,m,d);
|
|
|
|
|
- SelectMonth(m,y);
|
|
|
|
|
- SelectDay(d);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCalendar.Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_calendar_freeze (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCalendar.Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_calendar_thaw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectMonthChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgMonthChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterMonthChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgMonthChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectDaySelected (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgDaySelected, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterDaySelected (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgDaySelected, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectDaySelectedDoubleClick (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgDaySelectedDoubleClick, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterDaySelectedDoubleClick (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgDaySelectedDoubleClick, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectPrevMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgPrevMonth, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterPrevMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgPrevMonth, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectNextMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgNextMonth, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterNextMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgNextMonth, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectPrevYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgPrevYear, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterPrevYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgPrevYear, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectNextYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnect (sgNextYear, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterNextYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := signalConnectAfter (sgNextYear, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkDrawingArea }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkDrawingArea.TheGtkObject : PGtkDrawingArea;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkDrawingArea(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkDrawingArea.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_drawing_area_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkDrawingArea.SetSize (Width:integer; Height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_drawing_area_Size (TheGtkObject, Width, Height);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkCurve }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCurve.TheGtkObject : PGtkCurve;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkCurve(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCurve.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_curve_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCurve.SetRange (MinX:float; MaxX:float; MinY:float; MaxY:float);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_curve_set_range (TheGtkObject, MinX, MaxX, MinY, MaxY);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCurve.Reset;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_curve_reset (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCurve.SetGamma (GammaValue:float);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_curve_set_gamma (TheGtkObject, GammaValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkCurve.GetCurveType : TGtkCurveType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.curve_type;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkCurve.SetCurveType (TheValue:TGtkCurveType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_curve_set_curve_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkEditable }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.TheGtkObject : PGtkEditable;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkEditable(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.GetHasSelection : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SelectionStart <> SelectionEnd;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.GetEditable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.editable(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetEditable (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_set_editable(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.GetVisible : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.visible(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetVisible (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk.Set_visible(TheGtkObject^,guint(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.GetPosition : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_Editable_get_position(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetPosition (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_set_position(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.GetSelectionStart : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.selection_start_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetSelectionStart (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_editable_select_region (TheGtkObject, TheValue, SelectionEnd);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.GetSelectionEnd : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.Selection_end_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetSelectionEnd (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_editable_select_region (TheGtkObject, SelectionStart, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetSelection (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-var b : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if HasSelection then
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- b := SelectionStart;
|
|
|
|
|
- deleteText (SelectionStart, SelectionEnd);
|
|
|
|
|
- end
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- b := position;
|
|
|
|
|
- InsertText (TheValue, b);
|
|
|
|
|
- Position := b + length(TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
- SelectRegion (b, position);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.GetSelection : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-var c : pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- c := gtk_editable_get_chars (TheGtkObject, SelectionStart, SelectionEnd);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := string (c);
|
|
|
|
|
- g_free (c);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-var c : pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- c := gtk_editable_get_chars (TheGtkObject, 0, -1);
|
|
|
|
|
- result := string (c);
|
|
|
|
|
- g_free (c);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.Changed;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_Changed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.InsertText (NewText:string; AtPosition:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := AtPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_editable_insert_text (TheGtkObject, pgchar(NewText), length(NewText), @p);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.DeleteText (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_Delete_Text (TheGtkObject, StartPos, EndPos);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.GetChars (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_get_chars (TheGtkObject, StartPos, EndPos);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.CutClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_cut_clipboard (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.CopyClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_copy_clipboard (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.PasteClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_paste_clipboard (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.SelectRegion (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_select_region (TheGtkObject, StartPos, EndPos);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.ClaimSelection (claim:boolean; time:guint32);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_claim_selection (TheGtkObject, claim, time);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.DeleteSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Editable_delete_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEditable.Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- DeleteText (0,-1);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure InsertSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; NewText:pgChar; TextLength:integer; var Position:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, NewText, TextLength, Position, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.InsertSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@InsertSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.InsertSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@InsertSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure DeleteSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, StartPos, EndPos, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.DeleteSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DeleteSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.DeleteSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DeleteSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure XYSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; x:integer; y:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkXYSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkXYSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, x, y, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.XYSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@XYSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.XYSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@XYSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure DirectionSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; Direction:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, Direction, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.DirectionSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DirectionSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.DirectionSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DirectionSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure MoveWordSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; NumWords:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, NumWords, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.MoveWordSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveWordSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.MoveWordSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveWordSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure MovetoSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; MoveTo:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
-var p : TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
- begin
|
|
|
|
|
- p := TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
- p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, MoveTo, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
- end;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.MovetoSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MovetoSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.MovetoSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MovetoSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectInsertText (proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := InsertSignalConnect (sgInsertText, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterInsertText (proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := InsertSignalConnectAfter (sgInsertText, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectDeleteText (proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DeleteSignalConnect (sgDeleteText, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterDeleteText (proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DeleteSignalConnectAfter (sgDeleteText, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectSetEditable (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := BooleanSignalConnect (sgSetEditable, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterSetEditable (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := BooleanSignalConnectAfter (sgSetEditable, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMoveCursor (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := XYSignalConnect (sgMoveCursor, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMoveCursor (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := XYSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveCursor, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMoveWord (proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveWordSignalConnect (sgMoveWord, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMoveWord (proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveWordSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveWord, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMovePage (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := XYSignalConnect (sgMovePage, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMovePage (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := XYSignalConnectAfter (sgMovePage, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMoveToRow (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveToSignalConnect (sgMoveToRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMoveToRow (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveToSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveToRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMoveToCol (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveToSignalConnect (sgMoveToCol, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMoveToCol (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := MoveToSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveToCol, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectKillChar (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DirectionSignalConnect (sgKillChar, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterKillChar (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DirectionSignalConnectAfter (sgKillChar, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectKillWord (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DirectionSignalConnect (sgKillWord, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterKillWord (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DirectionSignalConnectAfter (sgKillWord, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectKillLine (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DirectionSignalConnect (sgKillLine, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterKillLine (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := DirectionSignalConnectAfter (sgKillLine, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectCutClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgCutClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterCutClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCutClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectCopyClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgCopyClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterCopyClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCopyClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectPasteClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnect (sgPasteClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterPasteClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := SignalConnectAfter (sgPasteClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkEntry }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEntry.TheGtkObject : PGtkEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkEntry(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEntry.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_Entry_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEntry.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Entry_set_text (TheGtkObject, Pgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEntry.AppendText (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Entry_append_text (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(aText));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEntry.PrependText (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Entry_prepend_text (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(aText));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEntry.GetVisibility : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.visible(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEntry.SetVisibility (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Entry_set_visibility(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkEntry.GetMaxLength : word;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.text_max_length;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkEntry.SetMaxLength (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Entry_set_max_length(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkSpinButton }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkSpinButton;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkSpinButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_spin_button_new (TFPgtkAdjustment.Create.TheGtkObject,1,0));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.Configure (Adj:TFPgtkAdjustment; aClimbRate:gfloat; aDigits:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (Adj) then
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_configure (TheGtkObject, PGtkadjustment(Adj.TheGtkObject), aClimbRate, aDigits)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_configure (TheGtkObject, nil, aClimbRate, aDigits);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_spin_button_get_adjustment(TheGtkObject)),TFPGtkAdjustment) as TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_set_adjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetClimbRate : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.climb_rate;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetClimbRate (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkObject^.climb_rate := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetDigits : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.digits(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetDigits (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_set_digits(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetAsInteger : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetAsInteger (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_set_Value(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetAsFloat : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetAsFloat (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_set_Value(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetUpdatePolicy : TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.update_policy;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue:TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetNumeric : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.numeric(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetNumeric (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_set_numeric(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.Spin (direction:TGtkSpinType; increment:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_spin (TheGtkObject, direction, increment);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.wrap(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetWrap (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_set_wrap(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetShadowType (TheValue:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetSnapToTicks : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.snap_to_ticks(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetSnapToTicks (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.Update;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_spin_button_update (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkText }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkText.TheGtkObject : PGtkText;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkText(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_Text_new (null,null));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkText.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
- editable := true;
|
|
|
|
|
- wordwrap := true;
|
|
|
|
|
- linewrap := true;
|
|
|
|
|
- FLines := TStringlist.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- ConnectChanged (@SigChanged, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-destructor TFPgtkText.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FLines.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.SigChanged (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FIsChanged := True;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.RefreshLines;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if not assigned (FLines) then
|
|
|
|
|
- FLines := TStringlist.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
- FLines.Text := Text;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkText.GetLines : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if FIsChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
- RefreshLines;
|
|
|
|
|
- result := FLines;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Text_Freeze (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Text_Thaw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkText.TextLength : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_Text_get_length (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.Insert (font:PgdkFont; fore:PgdkColor; back:PgdkColor; TheText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_text_insert (TheGtkObject, font, fore, back, pgchar(TheText), length(TheText));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.DeleteBackward (number:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Text_Backward_Delete (TheGtkObject, number);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.DeleteForward (number:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Text_Forward_Delete (TheGtkObject, number);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkText.GetWordWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.word_wrap(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.SetWordWrap (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_text_set_word_wrap (TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkText.GetLineWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.Line_Wrap(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.SetLineWrap (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
-{$IFDEF win32 or go32v2}
|
|
|
|
|
- Set_Line_Wrap (TheGtkObject^, gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-{$ELSE}
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Text_Set_Line_Wrap (TheGtkObject, gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-{$ENDIF}
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkText.GetPoint : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_Text_get_Point(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.SetPoint (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Text_set_Point(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.SetAdjustments (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_text_set_adjustments (TheGtkObject, hadj.TheGtkObject, vadj.TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkText.GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.hadj),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.SetHAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Text_Set_Adjustments(TheGtkObject, TheValue.TheGtkObject, TheGtkObject^.vadj);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkText.GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.vadj),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.SetVAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Text_Set_Adjustments(TheGtkObject, TheGtkObject^.hadj, TheValue.TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkText.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
- {$ifdef gtkwin}
|
|
|
|
|
- TheValue := stringreplace (TheValue, #13#10, #10, [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
- {$endif}
|
|
|
|
|
- clear;
|
|
|
|
|
- Insert (null, null, null, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
- Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkRuler }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRuler.TheGtkObject : PGtkRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkRuler(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRuler.SetMetric (aMetric:TGtkMetricType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ruler_set_metric (TheGtkObject, aMetric);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRuler.SetRange (Lower:float; Upper:float; Position:float; MaxSize:float);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_ruler_set_range (TheGtkObject, Lower, Upper, Position, MaxSize);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkHRuler }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHRuler.TheGtkObject : PGtkHRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkHRuler(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHRuler.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_hruler_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkVRuler }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkVRuler.TheGtkObject : PGtkVRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkVRuler(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkVRuler.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_vruler_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkRange }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRange.TheGtkObject : PGtkRange;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkRange(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRange.GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_Range_get_Adjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.SetAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_set_adjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRange.GetUpdatePolicy : TgtkUpdateType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.policy(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue:TgtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_set_update_policy(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkRange.Create (AnAdjustment:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FAdj := AnAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_draw_background (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawTrough;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_draw_trough (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawStepForw;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_draw_step_forw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawStepBack;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_draw_step_back (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawSlider;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_draw_slider (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.SliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_slider_update (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRange.TroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_Range_trough_click (TheGtkObject, X, Y, @JumpPerc);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.DefaultHSliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_default_hslider_update (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.DefaultVSliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_default_vslider_update (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRange.DefaultHTroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_Range_default_htrough_click (TheGtkObject, X, Y, @JumpPerc);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkRange.DefaultVTroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_Range_default_vtrough_click (TheGtkObject, X, Y, @JumpPerc);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.defaultHMotion (XDelta:integer; YDelta:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_default_hmotion (TheGtkObject, XDelta, YDelta);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.defaultVMotion (XDelta:integer; YDelta:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_default_vmotion (TheGtkObject, XDelta, YDelta);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkRange.ClearBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_Range_clear_background (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkScale }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScale.TheGtkObject : PGtkScale;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkScale(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScale.SetDigits (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scale_set_digits (TheGtkObject, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScale.GetDrawValue : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := boolean(gtk.draw_value(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScale.SetDrawValue (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scale_set_draw_value(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScale.GetValuePos : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk.value_pos(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkScale.SetValuePos (TheValue:TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_scale_set_value_pos(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkHScale }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHScale.TheGtkObject : PGtkHScale;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkHScale(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHScale.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_hscale_new (nil));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkVScale }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkVScale.TheGtkObject : PGtkVScale;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkVScale(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkVScale.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_vscale_new (nil));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkScrollbar }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkScrollbar.TheGtkObject : PGtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkScrollbar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkHScrollbar }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHScrollbar.TheGtkObject : PGtkHScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkHScrollbar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHScrollbar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-var a : PgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FAdj) then
|
|
|
|
|
- a := FAdj.TheGtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- a := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PgtkObject (gtk_hscrollbar_new (a));
|
|
|
|
|
- FAdj := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkVScrollbar }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkVScrollbar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-var a : PgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FAdj) then
|
|
|
|
|
- a := FAdj.TheGtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- a := null;
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PgtkObject (gtk_vscrollbar_new (a));
|
|
|
|
|
- FAdj := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkSeparator }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkSeparator.TheGtkObject : PGtkSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkSeparator(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkHSeparator }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkHSeparator.TheGtkObject : PGtkHSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkHSeparator(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkHSeparator.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_HSeparator_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkVSeparator }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkVSeparator.TheGtkObject : PGtkVSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkVSeparator(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkVSeparator.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_VSeparator_new);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkPreview }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPreview.TheGtkObject : PGtkPreview;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkPreview(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPreview.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_preview_new (GTK_PREVIEW_COLOR));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPreview.Size (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_preview_size (TheGtkObject, aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPreview.Put (aWindow:PGdkWindow; gc:PGdkGC; SrcX:integer; SrcY:integer; destX:integer; DestY:integer; aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_preview_put (TheGtkObject, aWindow, gc, SrcX, SrcY, destX, DestY, aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPreview.DrawRow (data:pguchar; X:integer; Y:integer; W:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_preview_draw_row (TheGtkObject, data, X, Y, W);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure SetGamma (aGamma:double);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_preview_set_gamma (aGamma);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPreview.GetExpand : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(gtk.expand(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPreview.SetExpand (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_preview_set_expand(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkPreview.GetDither : TGdkRgbDither;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.dither;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkPreview.SetDither (TheValue:TGdkRgbDither);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_preview_set_dither(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkProgress }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.TheGtkObject : PGtkProgress;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkProgress(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.GetShowtext : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(gtk.show_text(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetShowtext (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_set_show_text(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.GetTextXAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.x_align;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetTextXAlign (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_set_text_alignment (TheGtkObject, TheValue, TextYAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.GetTextYAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.y_align;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetTextYAlign (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_set_text_alignment (TheGtkObject, TextXAlign, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetTextAlignment (anXalign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_set_text_alignment (TheGtkObject, anXalign, anYAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.GetCurrentValue : float;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_progress_get_Value(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetCurrentValue (TheValue:float);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_Set_value (TheGtkObject, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
- Draw (nil);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.GetPercentage : float;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_progress_get_current_percentage(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetPercentage (TheValue:float);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_set_percentage(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.PercentageFromValue (aValue:gfloat) : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_progress_get_percentage_from_value (TheGtkObject, aValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.GetFormatString : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.format;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetFormatString (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_set_format_string(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.adjustment), TFPgtkAdjustment) as TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_set_adjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.GetActivityMode : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := longbool(gtk.activity_mode(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetActivityMode (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_set_activity_mode(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.CurrentText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_progress_get_current_text (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgress.TextFromValue (aValue:gfloat) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := gtk_progress_get_text_from_value (TheGtkObject, aValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgress.Configure (aValue:gfloat; aMin:gfloat; aMax:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_configure (TheGtkObject, aValue, aMin, aMax);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkProgressBar }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgressBar.TheGtkObject : PGtkProgressBar;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := PgtkProgressBar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-constructor TFPgtkProgressBar.Create (adj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- FAdj := adj;
|
|
|
|
|
- inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- if assigned (FAdj) then
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkWidget := gtk_progress_bar_new_with_adjustment (FAdj.TheGtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
- else
|
|
|
|
|
- TheGtkWidget := gtk_progress_bar_new;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetBarStyle : TGtkProgressBarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.bar_style;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetBarStyle (TheValue:TGtkProgressBarStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_bar_set_bar_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetDiscreteBlocks : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetDiscreteBlocks (TheValue:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_bar_set_discrete_blocks(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetActivityStep : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.activity_step;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetActivityStep (TheValue:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_bar_set_activity_step(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetActivityBlocks : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.activity_blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetActivityBlocks (TheValue:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_bar_set_activity_blocks(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetOrientation : TGtkProgressBarOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- result := TheGtkObject^.orientation;
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetOrientation (TheValue:TGtkProgressBarOrientation);
|
|
|
|
|
-begin
|
|
|
|
|
- gtk_progress_bar_set_orientation(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
-end;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
- { TFPgtkItemFactory }
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-INITIALIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
-ObjectsToFree := TList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-FINALIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
-ObjectsToFree.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
-if assigned (TheTooltips) then
|
|
|
|
|
- TheTooltips.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
-End.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+{$mode objfpc}{$h+} {$ifdef win32}{$define gtkwin}{$endif}
|
|
|
|
|
+UNIT FPgtk;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+// Generated with GtkWrite by Luk Vandelaer (version 1.08)
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+INTERFACE
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+USES classes, sysutils, gtk, gdk, glib, FPglib;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+TYPE
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkObject = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkData = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkAdjustment = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkToolTips = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkWidget = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkWidgetGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMisc = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkLabel = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkAccelLabel = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTipsQuery = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkArrow = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkImage = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkPixmap = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkContainer = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkBin = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkAlignment = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFrame = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkAspectFrame = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkToggleButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCheckButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRadioButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkOptionMenu = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkItemGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenuItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCheckMenuItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRadioMenuItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkListItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkListItemGroup = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTreeItem = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkWindow = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkDialog = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkInputDialog = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFileSelection = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHandleBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkScrolledWindow = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkViewport = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButtonBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHButtonBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVButtonBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkColorSelection = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkGammaCurve = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHBox = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCombo = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkStatusbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCList = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCTree = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFixed = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkNotebook = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFontSelection = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkPaned = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHPaned = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVPaned = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkLayout = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkList = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenuShell = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenuBar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenu = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkPacker = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTable = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkToolbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTree = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCalendar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkDrawingArea = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCurve = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEditable = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEntry = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkSpinButton = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkText = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRuler = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHRuler = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVRuler = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRange = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkScale = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHScale = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVScale = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkScrollbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHScrollbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVScrollbar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkSeparator = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHSeparator = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVSeparator = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkPreview = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkProgress = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkProgressBar = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkItemFactory = class;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Bool:boolean; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FPgtkException = class (Exception) end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ PPascalClassData = ^TPascalClassData;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TPascalClassData = record
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheInstance : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ PSignalData = ^TSignalData;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TSignalData = record
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheData : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheWidget : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheSignalProc : TFPgtkSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TDestroyState = (dsAlive, dsWaiting, dsDestroying);
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkObjectClass = Class of TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ PFPgtkObject = ^TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkObject = class
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FDestroying : TDestroyState;
|
|
|
|
|
+ PascalInstance:TPascalClassData;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertDatas:TStringList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ SignalDatas:TList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ NotifyList:TList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConvertSignalData (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; FreeIt:boolean) : PSignalData;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FreeClass (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CheckConvertDatas;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CheckNotifyList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure InitCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FinalCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetUserData : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUserData (TheValue : pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject:PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; Virtual; Abstract;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function SignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function SignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function BooleanSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function BooleanSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor CreateFromObject (GtkObject:PGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Destroying : TDestroyState read FDestroying;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AskNotification (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDestroy (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDestroy (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SignalDisconnect (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SignalBlockHandler (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SignalUnblockHandler (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SignalEmit (aName:string; Args:array of const);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function SignalNEmissions (aName:string) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SignalEmitStop (aName:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetData (Key:string; Data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property UserData : pointer read GetUserData write SetUserData;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDataFull (Key:string; Data:pointer; Destroyer:TFPgtkSignalFunction);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveData (Key:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetData (Key:string) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GtkDestroyed : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Constructed;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ConstructedDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Sink;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Ref;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Unref;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure WeakRef (Notify:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure WeakUnref (notify:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkData = class (TFPgtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkData;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDisconnect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDisconnect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkAdjustment = class (TFPgtkData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetValue : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValue (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetLower : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetLower (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetUpper : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUpper (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetStepIncrement : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStepIncrement (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPageIncrement : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPageIncrement (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPageSize : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPageSize (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Configure (aLower:gfloat; anUpper:gfloat; aValue:gfloat; aStepInc:gfloat; aPageInc:gfloat; aPageSize:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectValueChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterValueChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ValueChanged;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Changed;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ClampPage (aLower:gfloat; aUpper:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Value : gfloat read GetValue write SetValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Lower : gfloat read GetLower write SetLower;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Upper : gfloat read GetUpper write SetUpper;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property StepIncrement : gfloat read GetStepIncrement write SetStepIncrement;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property PageIncrement : gfloat read GetPageIncrement write SetPageIncrement;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property PageSize : gfloat read GetPageSize write SetPageSize;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkToolTips = class (TFPgtkData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetEnabled : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetEnabled (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDelay : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDelay (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetColorForeground : PGdkColor;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColorForeground (TheValue : PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetColorBackground : PGdkColor;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColorBackground (TheValue : PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkToolTips;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColors (Fore:PGdkColor; Back:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTip (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TipText:string; TipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Enabled : boolean read GetEnabled write SetEnabled;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Delay : integer read GetDelay write SetDelay;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ColorForeground : PGdkColor read GetColorForeground write SetColorForeground;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ColorBackground : PGdkColor read GetColorBackground write SetColorBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ForceWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEvent; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventButtonFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventButton; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventMotionFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventMotion; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventExposeFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventExpose; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventKeyFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventKey; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventCrossing; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventConfigure; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventFocusFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventFocus; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventProperty; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventSelection; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventProximityFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventProximity; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventClientFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventClient; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkWidget; Event:PGdkEventNoExpose; data:pointer): boolean of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkWidget = class (TFPgtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTheGtkWidget : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTheGtkWidget (TheValue : PGtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAllocation : TGtkAllocation;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetName : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetName (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPropFlags : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPropFlags (TheValue : longint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetState : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSavedState : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetParent : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetParent (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetParentWindow : PGdkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetParentWindow (TheValue : PGdkWindow);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Reparent (NewParent:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVisible : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVisible (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetNoWindow : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetNoWindow (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetRealized : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRealized (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetMapped : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMapped (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDrawable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetIsSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSensitive (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetParentSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetParentSensitive (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAppPaintable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCanFocus : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCanFocus (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHasFocus : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCanDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCanDefault (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHasDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetReceivesDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCompositeChild : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTooltip : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTooltip (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetColormap : PGdkColormap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColormap (TheValue : PGdkColormap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlags (NewFlags:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnsetFlags (NewUnsetFlags:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Map;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Unmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure QueueDraw;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure QueueResize;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DrawFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DrawDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TheGtkWidget : PGtkWidget read GetTheGtkWidget write SetTheGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function WidgetSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function WidgetSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Draw (Rectangle:PGdkRectangle); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Hide;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Realize;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Unrealize;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ShowNow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ShowAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure HideAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAllocation (AnAllocation:TGtkAllocation); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAllocation (x:integer; y:integer; width:integer; height:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Allocation : TGtkAllocation read GetAllocation write SetAllocation;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUPosition (x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUsize (width:integer; height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Name : string read GetName write SetName;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Flags : longint read GetPropFlags write SetPropFlags;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property State : longint read GetState;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SavedState : longint read GetSavedState;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Parent : TFPgtkWidget read GetParent write SetParent;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ParentWindow : PGdkWindow read GetParentWindow write SetParentWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Unparent;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Visible : boolean read GetVisible write SetVisible;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property NoWindow : boolean read GetNoWindow write SetNoWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Realized : boolean read GetRealized write SetRealized;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Mapped : boolean read GetMapped write SetMapped;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Drawable : boolean read GetDrawable;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property IsSensitive : boolean read GetIsSensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Sensitive : boolean read GetSensitive write SetSensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ParentSensitive : boolean read GetParentSensitive write SetParentSensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AppPaintable : boolean read GetAppPaintable;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CanFocus : boolean read GetCanFocus write SetCanFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GrabFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HasFocus : boolean read GetHasFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CanDefault : boolean read GetCanDefault write SetCanDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GrabDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HasDefault : boolean read GetHasDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ReceivesDefault : boolean read GetReceivesDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CompositeChild : boolean read GetCompositeChild;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Tooltip : string read GetTooltip write SetTooltip;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure HideOnDelete;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Colormap : PGdkColormap read GetColormap write SetColormap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectShow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterShow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function Connecthide (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterhide (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function Connectmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAftermap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function Connectunmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterunmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function Connectrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function Connectunrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterunrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDrawFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDrawFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDrawDefault (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDrawDefault (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectParentSet (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterParentSet (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectGrabFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterGrabFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventButtonConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventButtonConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectButtonPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterButtonPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectButtonReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterButtonReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventMotionConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventMotionConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectMotionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterMotionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDeleteEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDeleteEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDestroyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDestroyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventExposeConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventExposeConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventKeyConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventKeyConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectKeyPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterKeyPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectKeyReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterKeyReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventCrossingConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventCrossingConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectEnterNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterEnterNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectLeaveNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterLeaveNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventConfigureConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventConfigureConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectConfigureEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterConfigureEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventFocusConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventFocusConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectFocusInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterFocusInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectFocusOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterFocusOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectMapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterMapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectUnmapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterUnmapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventPropertyConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventPropertyConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectPropertyNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterPropertyNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventSelectionConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventSelectionConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectionClearEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectionClearEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectionRequestEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectionRequestEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventProximityConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventProximityConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectProximityInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterProximityInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectProximityOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterProximityOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventClientConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventClientConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectClientEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterClientEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventNoExposeConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function EventNoExposeConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectNoExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterNoExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectVisibilityNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterVisibilityNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure LockAccelerators;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnlockAccelerators;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveAccelerators (aSignal:string; OnlyVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ActivateAccelGroups (Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AcceleratorAdd (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; acFlags:TGtkAccelFlags); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkForEachProcedure = procedure (item : pointer; data : pointer) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkGroup = class (TList)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FManageLists : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FListChanged:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FSListChanged:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FClassesChanged:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FNotUpdating:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGList:PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGSList:PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function CreateGList : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function CreateGSList : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetGtkListProp : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGtkListProp (TheValue : PGList);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetGtkSListProp : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGtkSListProp (TheValue : PGSList);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure BuildFromGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure BuildFromGtkSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Notify (ptr:pointer; Action:TListNotification); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetData (index:integer) : pointer; Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function UngetData (data:pointer) : pointer; Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ManageLists : boolean read FManageLists write FManageLists;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetGtkList (buffered:boolean) : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetGtkSList (buffered:boolean) : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure BeginUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure EndUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ForEach (Proc:TFPgtkForEachProcedure; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property GtkList : PGList read GetGtkListProp write SetGtkListProp;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property GtkSList : PGSList read GetGtkSListProp write SetGtkSListProp;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkWidgetGroup = class (TFPgtkGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetItem(Index:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetItem (Index:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTooltips(index:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTooltips (index:integer; TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetData (index:integer) : pointer; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function UnGetData (data:pointer) : pointer; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AddToContainer (Container:TFPgtkContainer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PackInBox (box:TFPgtkBox; AtStart:boolean; Expanding:boolean; Fill:boolean; Padding:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Items [Index:integer] : TFPgtkWidget read GetItem write SetItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Tooltips [index:integer] : string read GetTooltips write SetTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMisc = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetXAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetXAlign (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetYAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetYAlign (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetXPad : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetXPad (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetYPad : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetYPad (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkMisc;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAlignment (x:gfloat; y:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPadding (x:word; y:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property XAlign : gfloat read GetXAlign write SetXAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property YAlign : gfloat read GetYAlign write SetYAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property XPad : word read GetXPad write SetXPad;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property YPad : word read GetYPad write SetYPad;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkLabelClass = class of TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkLabel = class (TFPgtkMisc)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPattern : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPattern (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetJustify : TGtkJustification;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetJustify (TheValue : TGtkJustification);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetLineWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetLineWrap (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Pattern : string read GetPattern write SetPattern;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Justify : TGtkJustification read GetJustify write SetJustify;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property LineWrap : boolean read GetLineWrap write SetLineWrap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ParseUline (aText:string) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkAccelLabel = class (TFPgtkLabel)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAccelWidget : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAccelWidget (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkAccelLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AccelWidget : TFPgtkWidget read GetAccelWidget write SetAccelWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function AccelText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Refetch;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTipsQuery = class (TFPgtkLabel)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkTipsQuery;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkArrow = class (TFPgtkMisc)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetArrowType : TGtkArrowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetArrowType (TheValue : TGtkArrowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkArrow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ArrowType : TGtkArrowType read GetArrowType write SetArrowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShadowType : TGtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTypes (AnArrowType:TGtkArrowType; AShadowtype:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (AnArrowType:TGtkArrowType; AShadowType:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkImage = class (TFPgtkMisc)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetImageProp : PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetImageProp (TheValue : PGdkImage);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetMask : PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMask (TheValue : PGdkBitMap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FMask:PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FImage:PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Image : PGdkImage read GetImageProp write SetImageProp;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Mask : PGdkBitMap read GetMask write SetMask;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetImage (anImage:PGdkImage; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (anImage:PGdkImage; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TStringArray = array[0..32000] of pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ PStringArray = ^TStringArray;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkPixmap = class (TFPgtkMisc)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetBuildInsensitive : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetBuildInsensitive (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPixmapProp : PGdkPixMap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPixmapProp (TheValue : PGdkPixMap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetMask : PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMask (TheValue : PGdkBitMap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FMask:PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FPixMap:PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property BuildInsensitive : longbool read GetBuildInsensitive write SetBuildInsensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor CreateFromFile (Filename:string; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor CreateFromStrings (Data:TStrings; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor CreateFromText (Data:string; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property PixMap : PGdkPixMap read GetPixmapProp write SetPixmapProp;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Mask : PGdkBitMap read GetMask write SetMask;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPixmap (aPixmap:PGdkPixMap; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetPixmap (var aPixmap:PGdkPixmap; var aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure LoadFromFile (Filename:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure LoadFromStrings (data:TStrings);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure LoadFromText (data:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure LoadFromArray (data:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction = function (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Direction:TGtkDirectionType; data:pointer): TGtkDirectionType of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkContainer = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetBorder : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetBorder (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetChildren : TFPgtkWidgetGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FChildren:TFPgtkWidgetGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Border : integer read GetBorder write SetBorder;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Remove (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Children : TFPgtkWidgetGroup read GetChildren;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Focus (Direction:TGtkDirectionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FocusChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RegisterToplevel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnregisterToplevel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ResizeChildren;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DirectionFunctionSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DirectionFunctionSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAdd (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterAdd (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectRemove (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterRemove (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectCheckResize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterCheckResize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectFocus (proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterFocus (proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSetFocusChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSetFocusChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkBin = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetChild : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetChild (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Child : TFPgtkWidget read GetChild write SetChild;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkBin;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkAlignment = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkAlignment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Configure (anXAlign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat; anXScale:gfloat; anYScale:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFrame = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAlignment : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAlignment (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShadowType : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkFrame;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Alignment : gfloat read GetAlignment write SetAlignment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShadowType : TgtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkAspectFrame = class (TFPgtkFrame)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkAspectFrame;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Configure (anXAlign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat; Ratio:gfloat; ObeyChild:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButton = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAccelKey : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAddContainer : TFPgtkContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLabel : TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetReliefStyle : TGtkReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetReliefStyle (TheValue : TGtkReliefStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass; Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure LabelCreated; Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectClicked (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterClicked (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectPressed (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterPressed (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectReleased (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterReleased (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectEnter (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterEnter (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectLeave (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterLeave (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Clicked;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Pressed;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Released;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Enter;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Leave;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor CreateWithLabel (aText:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor CreateWithLabel (aText:string; AccelGroup:PGtkAccelGroup); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TheLabel : TFPgtkLabel read FLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ReliefStyle : TGtkReliefStyle read GetReliefStyle write SetReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AddContainer : TFPgtkContainer read FAddContainer write FAddContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AccelKey : guint read FAccelKey;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkToggleButton = class (TFPgtkButton)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetActive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetActive (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDrawIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDrawIndicator (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectToggled (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterToggled (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Toggled;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Active : boolean read GetActive write SetActive;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property DrawIndicator : boolean read GetDrawIndicator write SetDrawIndicator;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCheckButton = class (TFPgtkToggleButton)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkCheckButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRadioButton = class (TFPgtkCheckButton)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor CreateWithLabel (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup; aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup = class (TFPgtkWidgetGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetItem(index:integer) : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetItem (index:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkRadioButton);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Items [index:integer] : TFPgtkRadioButton read GetItem write SetItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ActiveButtonText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ActiveButtonIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ActiveButton : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkOptionMenu = class (TFPgtkButton)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetMenu : TFPgtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure setmenu (TheValue : TFPgtkMenu);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkOptionMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Menu : TFPgtkMenu read GetMenu write setmenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHistory (index:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkItemClass = class of TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkItem = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAccelKey : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAddContainer : TFPgtkContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLabel : TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ function LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass; Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure LabelCreated; Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDeselect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDeselect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectToggle (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterToggle (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Select;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Toggle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor CreateWithLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TheLabel : TFPgtkLabel read FLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AddContainer : TFPgtkContainer read FAddContainer write FAddContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AccelKey : guint read FAccelKey;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkItemGroup = class (TFPgtkWidgetGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FItemClass : TFPgtkItemClass;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetItem(index:integer) : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetItem (index:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Items [index:integer] : TFPgtkItem read GetItem write SetItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FillFromList (aList:TStrings);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FillFromCommaText (aList:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FillFromArray (aList:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ItemClass : TFPgtkItemClass read FItemClass write FItemClass;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SignalConnect (Signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor create (AnItemClass:TFPgtkItemClass);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function AddTextItem (aText:string) : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenuItem = class (TFPgtkItem)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPlacement : TGtkSubmenuPlacement;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPlacement (TheValue : TGtkSubmenuPlacement);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetToggleIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetToggleIndicator (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSubMenuIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSubMenuIndicator (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetJustifyRight : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetJustifyRight (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSubMenu : TFPgtkMenuShell;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPropSubMenu (TheValue : TFPgtkMenuShell);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure LabelCreated; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectActivate (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterActivate (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectActivateItem (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterActivateItem (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Activate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSubMenu (aSubMenu:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveSubMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Configure (ShowToggleIndicator:boolean; ShowSubmenuIndicator:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RightJustify;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Placement : TGtkSubmenuPlacement read GetPlacement write SetPlacement;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ToggleIndicator : boolean read GetToggleIndicator write SetToggleIndicator;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SubMenuIndicator : boolean read GetSubMenuIndicator write SetSubMenuIndicator;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property JustifyRight : boolean read GetJustifyRight write SetJustifyRight;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SubMenu : TFPgtkMenuShell read GetSubMenu write SetPropSubMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCheckMenuItem = class (TFPgtkMenuItem)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetActive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetActive (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShowToggle : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShowToggle (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkCheckMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectToggled (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterToggled (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Toggled;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Active : boolean read GetActive write SetActive;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShowToggle : boolean read GetShowToggle write SetShowToggle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRadioMenuItem = class (TFPgtkCheckMenuItem)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup : TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor CreateWithLabel (Agroup:TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup; aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Group : TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup read FGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup = class (TFPgtkItemGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetItem(index:integer) : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetItem (index:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Items [index:integer] : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem read GetItem write SetItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ActiveMenuText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ActiveMenuIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ActiveMenu : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem = class (TFPgtkMenuItem)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkTearOffMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; position:gfloat; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; ScrolType:TgtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkListItem = class (TFPgtkItem)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkListItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ScrollSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ScrollSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ScrollBooleanSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectStartSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterStartSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectEndSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterEndSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectScrollHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterScrollHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Select;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkListItemGroup = class (TFPgtkItemGroup)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTreeItem = class (TFPgtkItem)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSubTree : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSubTree (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPixPlus : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPixMinus : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetExpanded : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetExpanded (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkTreeItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SubTree : TFPgtkWidget read GetSubTree write SetSubTree;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property PixPlus : TFPgtkWidget read GetPixPlus;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property PixMinus : TFPgtkWidget read GetPixMinus;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Expanded : boolean read GetExpanded write SetExpanded;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Select;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Expand;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Collapse;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectCollapse (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterCollapse (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectExpand (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterExpand (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ DialogResultCallback = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkWindow; DialogResult:pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Action:integer; initiator:TFPgtkObject) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ DialogInitCallback = procedure (Sender : TFPgtkWindow; InitData : pointer) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkWindowClass = class of TFPgtkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkWindow = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAccelGroups:TList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FMainLevel : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FModalAction : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FOnDialogInit : DialogInitCallback;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FOnDialogResult : DialogResultCallback;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FDialogResult : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheWindowType:TGtkWindowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetWindowType : TGtkWindowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetWindowType (TheValue : TGtkWindowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTitle : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTitle (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetModal : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetModal (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetModalAction (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ExecuteEnds (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetUserSizable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUserSizable (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPosition : TGtkWindowPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPosition (TheValue : TGtkWindowPosition);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAccelGroups(ID:integer) : PGtkAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property DialogResult : pointer read FDialogResult write FDialogResult;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DoDialogResult (Action:integer; Sender:TFPgtkObject); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DoDialogInit (InitData:pointer); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (AType:TGtkWindowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property WindowType : TGtkWindowType read GetWindowType write SetWindowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Title : string read GetTitle write SetTitle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Modal : boolean read GetModal write SetModal;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property OnDialogResult : DialogResultCallback read FOnDialogResult write FOnDialogResult;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property OnDialogInit : DialogInitCallback read FOnDialogInit write FOnDialogInit;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Close;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CloseWindow (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CloseWithResult (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ModalAction : integer read FModalAction write SetModalAction;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property MainLevel : guint read FMainLevel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function Execute (anOnDialogInit:DialogInitCallBack; anInitData:pointer; anOnDialogResult:DialogResultCallBack) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSetFocus (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSetFocus (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTransientFor (aParent:TFPgtkWindow);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DefaultWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FocusedWidget (NewFocus:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property UserSizable : boolean read GetUserSizable write SetUserSizable;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ActivateFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ActivateDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDefaultSize (Width:gint; Height:gint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Position : TGtkWindowPosition read GetPosition write SetPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AccelGroups [ID:integer] : PGtkAccelGroup read GetAccelGroups;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function AccelGroupNew : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AccelGroupDelete (ID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AcceleratorAdd (AG:integer; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; acFlags:TGtkAccelFlags); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AcceleratorRemove (AG:integer; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AccelGroupLock (AG:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AccelGroupUnlock (AG:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AccelGroupActivate (AG:integer; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog = class (TFPgtkWindow)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetColorSel : TFPgtkColorSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButtonOK : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButtonHelp : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkColorSelectionDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ColorSel : TFPgtkColorSelection read GetColorSel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ButtonOK : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonOK;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonCancel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ButtonHelp : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonHelp;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkDialog = class (TFPgtkWindow)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetActionArea : TFPgtkHBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVBox : TFPgtkVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ActionArea : TFPgtkHBox read GetActionArea;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property VBox : TFPgtkVBox read GetVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkInputDialog; DeviceID:integer; Data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkInputDialog = class (TFPgtkDialog)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButtonClose : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButtonSave : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkInputDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ButtonClose : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonClose;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ButtonSave : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonSave;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DeviceSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DeviceSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectEnableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterEnableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDisableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDisableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFileSelection = class (TFPgtkWindow)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFilename : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFilename (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDirList : TFPgtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFileList : TFPgtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetOkButton : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCancelButton : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHistoryPulldown : TFPgtkOptionMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFileOpDialog : TFPgtkDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFileOpCreateDir : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFileOpDelFile : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFileOpRenFile : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkFileSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Filename : string read GetFilename write SetFilename;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Complete (Pattern:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ShowFileOpButtons;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure HideFileOpButtons;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property DirList : TFPgtkCList read GetDirList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property FileList : TFPgtkCList read GetFileList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property OkButton : TFPgtkButton read GetOkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CancelButton : TFPgtkButton read GetCancelButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HistoryPulldown : TFPgtkOptionMenu read GetHistoryPulldown;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property FileOpDialog : TFPgtkDialog read GetFileOpDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property FileOpCreateDir : TFPgtkButton read GetFileOpCreateDir;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property FileOpDelFile : TFPgtkButton read GetFileOpDelFile;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property FileOpRenFile : TFPgtkButton read GetFileOpRenFile;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog = class (TFPgtkWindow)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFontSel : TFPgtkFontSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButtonOk : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButtonApply : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkFontSelectionDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property FontSel : TFPgtkFontSelection read GetFontSel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ButtonOk : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonOk;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ButtonApply : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonApply;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton read GetButtonCancel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEventBox = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkEventBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHandleBox = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShadowType : TGtkShadowtype;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TGtkShadowtype);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHandlePosition : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHandlePosition (TheValue : TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSnapEdge : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSnapEdge (TheValue : TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetChildDetached : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkHandleBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShadowType : TGtkShadowtype read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HandlePosition : TGtkPositionType read GetHandlePosition write SetHandlePosition;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SnapEdge : TGtkPositionType read GetSnapEdge write SetSnapEdge;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ChildDetached : boolean read GetChildDetached;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectChildAttached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterChildAttached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectChildDetached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterChildDetached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkScrolledWindow = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FVScroll:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FHScroll:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHPolicy : TGtkPolicyType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHPolicy (TheValue : TGtkPolicyType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVPolicy : TGtkPolicyType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVPolicy (TheValue : TGtkPolicyType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPlacement : TGtkCornerType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPlacement (TheValue : TGtkCornerType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkScrolledWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HPolicy : TGtkPolicyType read GetHPolicy write SetHPolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property VPolicy : TGtkPolicyType read GetVPolicy write SetVPolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPolicy (aHScrollBar:TGtkPolicyType; aVScrollbar:TGtkPolicyType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPolicy (aPolicy:TGtkPolicyType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdjustment write SetHAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property VAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdjustment write SetVAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AddWithViewport (aChild:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Placement : TGtkCornerType read GetPlacement write SetPlacement;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar read GetHScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property VScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar read GetVScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UpdatePolicy (UpdPolicy:TGtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkViewport = class (TFPgtkBin)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FVScroll:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FHScroll:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShadowType : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkViewport;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdjustment write SetHAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property VAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdjustment write SetVAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShadowType : TgtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkBox = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHomogeneous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHomogeneous (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSpacing : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSpacing (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Homogeneous : boolean read GetHomogeneous write SetHomogeneous;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Spacing : integer read GetSpacing write SetSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ReorderChild (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetChildPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var Expand:boolean; var Fill:boolean; var Padding:integer; var PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetChildPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Expand:boolean; Fill:boolean; Padding:integer; PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButtonBox = class (TFPgtkBox)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSpacing : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSpacing (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetLayout : TGtkButtonBoxStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetLayout (TheValue : TGtkButtonBoxStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetMinWidth : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMinWidth (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetMinHeight : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMinHeight (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetChildPadX : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetChildPadX (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetChildPadY : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetChildPadY (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Spacing : integer read GetSpacing write SetSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Layout : TGtkButtonBoxStyle read GetLayout write SetLayout;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ChildMinWidth : integer read GetMinWidth write SetMinWidth;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ChildMinHeight : integer read GetMinHeight write SetMinHeight;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ChildPadX : integer read GetChildPadX write SetChildPadX;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ChildPadY : integer read GetChildPadY write SetChildPadY;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHButtonBox = class (TFPgtkButtonBox)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkHButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVButtonBox = class (TFPgtkButtonBox)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkVButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVBox = class (TFPgtkBox)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkColorSelection = class (TFPgtkVBox)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetUpdatePolicy : TGtkUpdateType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue : TGtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetColor : double;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColor (TheValue : double);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetUseOpacity : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUseOpacity (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkColorSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property UpdatePolicy : TGtkUpdateType read GetUpdatePolicy write SetUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Color : double read GetColor write SetColor;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property UseOpacity : longbool read GetUseOpacity write SetUseOpacity;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkGammaCurve = class (TFPgtkVBOX)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkGammaCurve;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHBox = class (TFPgtkBox)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkHBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCombo = class (TFPgtkHBox)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetEntry : TFPgtkEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetList : TFPgtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButton : TFpGtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetValueInList : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValueInListProp (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetOkIfEmpty : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetOkIfEmpty (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetUseArrows : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUseArrows (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetUseArrowsAlways : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUseArrowsAlways (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCaseSensitive : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCaseSensitive (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkCombo;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Entry : TFPgtkEntry read GetEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property List : TFPgtkList read GetList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Button : TFpGtkButton read GetButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ValueInList : longbool read GetValueInList write SetValueInListProp;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property OkIfEmpty : longbool read GetOkIfEmpty write SetOkIfEmpty;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property UseArrows : longbool read GetUseArrows write SetUseArrows;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property UseArrowsAlways : longbool read GetUseArrowsAlways write SetUseArrowsAlways;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CaseSensitive : longbool read GetCaseSensitive write SetCaseSensitive;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetItemString (Item:TFPgtkItem; ItemValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DisableActivate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValueInList (Val:longbool; IsOkIfEmpty:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; contextID:integer; text:string; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkStatusbar = class (TFPgtkHBox)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkStatusbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetContextID (ContextDescr:string) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function Push (contextID:integer; text:string) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Pop (contextID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Remove (contextID:integer; MessageID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function StatusbarSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function StatusbarSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectTextPopped (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterTextPopped (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectTextPushed (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterTextPushed (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; position:gfloat; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; row:integer; column:integer; event:PGdkEventButton; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; arg1:integer; arg2:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; column:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; column:integer; width:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCList = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ compare : TGtkCListCompareFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FColumnCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSelectionMode (TheValue : TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetColumnTitle(column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColumnTitle (column:integer; TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetColumnWidget(column:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColumnWidget (column:integer; TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCellText(Row:integer; Column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCellText (Row:integer; Column:integer; TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCellStyle(row:integer; column:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCellStyle (row:integer; column:integer; TheValue : PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetRowStyle(row:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRowStyle (row:integer; TheValue : PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetRowData(row:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRowData (row:integer; TheValue : pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCompareFunc (TheValue : TGtkCListCompareFunc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSortColumn : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSortColumn (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSetSortType : TGtkSortType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSetSortType (TheValue : TGtkSortType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (aColumnCount:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ColumnCount : integer read FColumnCount;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShadowType : TGtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode read GetSelectionMode write SetSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ShowTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure HideTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ActiveTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PassiveTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ActiveTitle (column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PassiveTitle (column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ColumnTitle [column:integer] : string read GetColumnTitle write SetColumnTitle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ColumnWidget [column:integer] : TFPgtkWidget read GetColumnWidget write SetColumnWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColumnJustification (column:integer; justification:TGtkJustification);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColumnVisibility (column:integer; aVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColumnResizeable (column:integer; Resizeable:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColumnAutoResize (column:integer; autoResize:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function OptimalColumnWidth (column:integer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColumnWidth (column:integer; width:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColumnMinWidth (column:integer; MinWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColumnMaxWidth (column:integer; MaxWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function AutoSizeColumns : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ConfigureColumnWidth (column:integer; Width:integer; MinWidth:integer; MaxWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ConfigureColumn (column:integer; Justification:TGtkJustification; Visibility:boolean; Resizeable:boolean; AutoSize:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRowHeight (height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure MoveTo (row:integer; column:integer; RowAlign:gfloat; ColAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function RowIsVisible (Row:integer) : TGtkVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCellType (Row:integer; column:integer) : TGtkCellType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CellText [Row:integer; Column:integer] : string read GetCellText write SetCellText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPixmap (row:integer; column:integer; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetPixmap (row:integer; column:integer; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPixText (row:integer; column:integer; text:string; spacing:guint8; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetPixText (row:integer; column:integer; var text:string; var aspacing:guint8; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetForeground (row:integer; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetBackground (row:integer; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CellStyle [row:integer; column:integer] : PGtkStyle read GetCellStyle write SetCellStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property RowStyle [row:integer] : PGtkStyle read GetRowStyle write SetRowStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShift (row:integer; column:integer; vertical:integer; horizontal:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Remove (row:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Prepend (Data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Prepend (Text:string; separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Prepend (data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Append (data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Append (Text:string; Separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Append (data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Insert (row:integer; data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Insert (row:integer; Text:string; Separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Insert (row:integer; data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property RowData [row:integer] : pointer read GetRowData write SetRowData;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function FindRowFromData (data:pointer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectRow (row:integer; column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnselectRow (row:integer; column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnselectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SwapRows (row1:integer; row2:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RowMove (sourceRow:integer; destRow:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Sort;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CompareFunc : TGtkCListCompareFunc read compare write SetCompareFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SortColumn : integer read GetSortColumn write SetSortColumn;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SetSortType : TGtkSortType read GetSetSortType write SetSetSortType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAutoSort (autoSort:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdjustment write SetHAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property VAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdjustment write SetVAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetReorderable (reorderable:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function Count : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function CListScrollSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function CListScrollSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function CListScrollBooleanSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function CListScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function SelectRowSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function SelectRowSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectUnselectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterUnselectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MoveSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MoveSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectRowMove (proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterRowMove (proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectScrolHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterScrolHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectStartSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterStartSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectEndSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterEndSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAbortColumnResize (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterAbortColumnResize (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ColumnClickedSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ColumnClickedSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectClickColumn (proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterClickColumn (proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ResizeColumnSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ResizeColumnSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectResizeColumn (proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterResizeColumn (proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCTreeFunction = procedure (TheTree:TFPgtkCTree; TheNode:PGtkCTreeNode; data:pointer) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCTree = class (TFPgtkCList)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FTreeColumn:integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetLineStyle : TGtkCTreeLineStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetLineStyle (TheValue : TGtkCTreeLineStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShowStub : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShowStub (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetExpanderStyle : TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetExpanderStyle (TheValue : TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSpacing : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSpacing (TheValue : guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetIndent : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetIndent (TheValue : guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTreeColumn : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetNodeCellText(Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetNodeCellText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer; TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetNodeSelectable(Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetNodeSelectable (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetNodeCellStyle(Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetNodeCellStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; TheValue : PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetNodeRowStyle(Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetNodeRowStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue : PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetNodeData(Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetNodeData (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue : pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCompareDragFunc : TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCompareDragFunc (TheValue : TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkCTree;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property LineStyle : TGtkCTreeLineStyle read GetLineStyle write SetLineStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShowStub : boolean read GetShowStub write SetShowStub;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ExpanderStyle : TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle read GetExpanderStyle write SetExpanderStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Spacing : guint read GetSpacing write SetSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Indent : guint read GetIndent write SetIndent;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TreeColumn : integer read GetTreeColumn;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (aColumnCount:integer; aTreeColumn:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveNode (node:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function InsertNode (aParent:PGtkCTreeNode; Sibling:PGtkCTreeNode; data:string; aSpacing:guint8; PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean) : PGtkCTreeNode; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function InsertNode (aParent:PGtkCTreeNode; Sibling:PGtkCTreeNode; data:string; aSpacing:guint8; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean) : PGtkCTreeNode; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRecursiveToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PreRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PreRecursiveToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure IsViewable (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure LastChild (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function IsChild (anAncestor:PGtkCTreeNode; aChild:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function IsAncestor (anAncestor:PGtkCTreeNode; aChild:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function IsHotSpot (X:integer; Y:integer) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure MoveNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; NewParent:PGtkCTreeNode; NewSibling:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Expand (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ExpandRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ExpandToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Collapse (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CollapseRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CollapseToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnselectNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnselectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RealSelectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aState:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function NodeGetCellType (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer) : TGtkCellType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property NodeCellText [Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer] : string read GetNodeCellText write SetNodeCellText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NodeSetPixmap (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NodeGetPixmap (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NodeSetPixText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; text:string; aspacing:guint8; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NodeGetPixText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; var text:string; var aspacing:guint8; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetNodeInfo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aText:string; aSpacing:guint8; PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetNodeInfo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; var aText:string; var aSpacing:guint8; var PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; var MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; var PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; var MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; var IsLeaf:boolean; var Expanded:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NodeSetShift (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; vertical:integer; horizontal:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property NodeSelectable [Node:PGtkCTreeNode] : boolean read GetNodeSelectable write SetNodeSelectable;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NodeSetForeground (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NodeSetBackground (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property NodeCellStyle [Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer] : PGtkStyle read GetNodeCellStyle write SetNodeCellStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property NodeRowStyle [Node:PGtkCTreeNode] : PGtkStyle read GetNodeRowStyle write SetNodeRowStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property NodeData [Node:PGtkCTreeNode] : pointer read GetNodeData write SetNodeData;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NodeMoveTo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; RowAlign:gfloat; ColAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function IsVisible (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode) : TGtkVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CompareDragFunc : TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc read GetCompareDragFunc write SetCompareDragFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SortNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SortRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function NthNode (Row:integer) : PGtkCTreeNode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFixed = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkFixed;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Put (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Move (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetPos (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var PosX:integer; var PosY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; PageRec:PGtkNotebookPage; aPageNum:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkNotebook = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPageIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPageIndex (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPage : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPage (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTabPos : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTabPos (TheValue : TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShowTabs : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShowTabs (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShowBorder : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShowBorder (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetScrollable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetScrollable (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHomogenous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHomogenous (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTabHBorder : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTabHBorder (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTabVBorder : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTabVBorder (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkNotebook;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AppendPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AppendPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PrependPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PrependPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure InsertPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure InsertPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RemovePage (PageNumber:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function PageNumberOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure NextPage;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PrevPage;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ReorderPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; PageNum:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property PageIndex : integer read GetPageIndex write SetPageIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Page : TFPgtkWidget read GetPage write SetPage;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TabPos : TGtkPositionType read GetTabPos write SetTabPos;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShowTabs : boolean read GetShowTabs write SetShowTabs;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShowBorder : boolean read GetShowBorder write SetShowBorder;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Scrollable : boolean read GetScrollable write SetScrollable;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Homogenous : boolean read GetHomogenous write SetHomogenous;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TabHBorder : word read GetTabHBorder write SetTabHBorder;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TabVBorder : word read GetTabVBorder write SetTabVBorder;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTabBorders (BorderWidth:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetMenuLabelOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMenuLabel (Child:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTabLabelOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTabLabel (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetChildOnPage (PageNum:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetTabLabelPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var Expand:boolean; var Fill:boolean; var PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTabLabelPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Expand:boolean; Fill:boolean; PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure EnablePopup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DisablePopup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function PageSwitchSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function PageSwitchSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSwitchPage (proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSwitchPage (proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkFontSelection = class (TFPgtkNotebook)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFontName : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFontName (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPreviewText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPreviewText (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkFontSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property FontName : string read GetFontName write SetFontName;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFont : PGdkFont;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property PreviewText : string read GetPreviewText write SetPreviewText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFilter (FilterType:TGtkFontFilterType; FontType:TGtkFontType; Foundries:array of string; Weights:array of string; Slants:array of string; SetWidths:array of string; Spacings:array of string; CharSets:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkPaned = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetGutterSize : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGutterSize (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHandleSize : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHandleSize (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPosition : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPosition (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property GutterSize : word read GetGutterSize write SetGutterSize;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HandleSize : word read GetHandleSize write SetHandleSize;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Position : integer read GetPosition write SetPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ComputePosition (AnAllocation:integer; Child1Req:integer; Child2Req:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Pack1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; isVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Pack1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Pack2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Pack2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHPaned = class (TFPgtkPaned)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkHPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVPaned = class (TFPgtkPaned)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkVPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkLayout = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHAdj (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVAdj (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkLayout;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdj write SetHAdj;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property VAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdj write SetVAdj;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Put (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Put (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Move (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSize (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkList = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSelectionMode (TheValue : TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode read GetSelectionMode write SetSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure InsertItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AppendItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PrependItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveItemsNoUnref (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearItems (FromItem:integer; ToItem:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnselectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnselectChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ChildPosition (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ExtendSelection (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure StartSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure EndSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnselectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ScrollHorizontal (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ScrollVertical (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ToggleAddMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ToggleFocusRow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ToggleRow (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UndoSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure EndDragSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetSelection (aGroup:TFPgtkGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; dir:TGtkMenuDirectionType; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenuShell = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuShell;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MoveCurrentSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MoveCurrentSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ActivateItem (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; ForceDeactivate:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectItem (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DeActivate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Prepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Prepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Insert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Insert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Append (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Append (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDeActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDeActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectionDone (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectionDone (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectCancel (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterCancel (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectMoveCurrent (proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterMoveCurrent (proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectActivateCurrent (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterActivateCurrent (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenuBar = class (TFPgtkMenuShell)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShadow : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShadow (TheValue : TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuBar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Shadow : TgtkShadowType read GetShadow write SetShadow;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenuDetachFunction = procedure (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; menu:TFPgtkMenu) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenuPosFunction = procedure (menu:TFPgtkMenu; var x,y:integer; data:pointer) of object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMenu = class (TFPgtkMenuShell)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTitle (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetActive : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetActive (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetActiveIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetActiveIndex (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTearOffState : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTearOffState (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAttachedTo : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAttachedTo (TheValue : TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAccelGroup : PGtkAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAccelGroup (TheValue : PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FDetacher:TFPgtkMenuDetachFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ReorderChild (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Popup (button:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Popup (ParentShell:TFPgtkWidget; ParentItem:TFPgtkWidget; func:TFPgtkMenuPosFunction; data:pointer; button:guint; ActivateTime:guint32); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PopDown;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Reposition;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AttachToWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; detacher:TFPgtkMenuDetachFunction);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Detach;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Title : string write SetTitle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Active : TFPgtkWidget read GetActive write SetActive;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ActiveIndex : integer read GetActiveIndex write SetActiveIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TearOffState : boolean read GetTearOffState write SetTearOffState;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AttachedTo : TFPgtkWidget read GetAttachedTo write SetAttachedTo;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AccelGroup : PGtkAccelGroup read GetAccelGroup write SetAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkPacker = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSpacing : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSpacing (TheValue : guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkPacker;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ReorderChild (aChild:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Spacing : guint read GetSpacing write SetSpacing;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DefaultBorder (aBorder:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DefaultPad (PadX:guint; PadY:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DefaultIPad (IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Configure (aChild:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTable = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetRowCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetColCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHomogeneous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHomogeneous (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetRowSpacings : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRowSpacings (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetColSpacings : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetColSpacings (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkTable;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (AColumns:integer; ARows:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Resize (AColumns:integer; ARows:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; XOptions:integer; YOptions:integer; XPadding:integer; YPadding:integer; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; XOptions:integer; YOptions:integer; XPadding:integer; YPadding:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property RowCount : integer read GetRowCount;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ColCount : integer read GetColCount;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Homogeneous : boolean read GetHomogeneous write SetHomogeneous;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property RowSpacings : integer read GetRowSpacings write SetRowSpacings;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ColSpacings : integer read GetColSpacings write SetColSpacings;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetOneRowSpacing (row:integer; TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetOneColSpacing (Column:integer; TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkToolbar = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetButtonRelief : TGtkReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetButtonRelief (TheValue : TGtkReliefStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTooltips : TFPgtkTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetEnableTooltips : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetEnableTooltips (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSpaceStyle : TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSpaceStyle (TheValue : TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSpaceSize : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSpaceSize (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetStyle : TGtkToolbarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStyle (TheValue : TGtkToolbarStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetOrientation : tGtkOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetOrientation (TheValue : tGtkOrientation);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkToolbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ButtonRelief : TGtkReliefStyle read GetButtonRelief write SetButtonRelief;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Tooltips : TFPgtkTooltips read GetTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property EnableTooltips : longbool read GetEnableTooltips write SetEnableTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SpaceStyle : TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle read GetSpaceStyle write SetSpaceStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SpaceSize : integer read GetSpaceSize write SetSpaceSize;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Style : TGtkToolbarStyle read GetStyle write SetStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Orientation : tGtkOrientation read GetOrientation write SetOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure InsertWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PrependWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AppendWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function InsertElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function AppendElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function PrependElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function InsertItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function AppendItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function PrependItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function InsertItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function AppendItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function PrependItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure InsertSpace (position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AppendSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PrependSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkTree = class (TFPgtkContainer)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSelectionMode (TheValue : TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetViewLines : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetViewLines (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetViewMode : TGtkTreeViewMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetViewMode (TheValue : TGtkTreeViewMode);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode read GetSelectionMode write SetSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ViewLines : boolean read GetViewLines write SetViewLines;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ViewMode : TGtkTreeViewMode read GetViewMode write SetViewMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Append (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Prepend (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Insert (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Remove (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearItems (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnselectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectChild (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure UnselectChild (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ChildPosition (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function RootTree : TFPgtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function IsRootTree : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetSelection (aGroup:TFPgtkGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function Level : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCalendar = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDisplayOptions : TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDisplayOptions (TheValue : TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDate : TDatetime;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDate (TheValue : TDatetime);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkCalendar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function SelectMonth (aMonth:guint; aYear:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectDay (aDay:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MarkDay (aDay:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function UnmarkDay (aDay:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearMarks;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property DisplayOptions : TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions read GetDisplayOptions write SetDisplayOptions;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Date : TDatetime read GetDate write SetDate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectMonthChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterMonthChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDaySelected (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDaySelected (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDaySelectedDoubleClick (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDaySelectedDoubleClick (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectPrevMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterPrevMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectNextMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterNextMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectPrevYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterPrevYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectNextYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterNextYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkDrawingArea = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkDrawingArea;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSize (Width:integer; Height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkCurve = class (TFPgtkDrawingArea)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCurveType : TGtkCurveType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCurveType (TheValue : TGtkCurveType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkCurve;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRange (MinX:float; MaxX:float; MinY:float; MaxY:float);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGamma (GammaValue:float);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CurveType : TGtkCurveType read GetCurveType write SetCurveType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; NewText:string; TextLength:integer; var Position:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkXYSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; x:integer; y:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Direction:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; NumWords:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction = procedure (Sender:TFPgtkObject; MoveTo:integer; data:pointer) of Object;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEditable = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetEditable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetEditable (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVisible : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVisible (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPosition : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPosition (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSelectionStart : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSelectionStart (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSelectionEnd : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSelectionEnd (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSelection : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHasSelection : boolean; Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSelection (TheValue:string); Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetText : string; Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText (TheValue:string); Dynamic; Abstract;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkEditable;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HasSelection : boolean read GetHasSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Editable : boolean read GetEditable write SetEditable;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Visible : boolean read GetVisible write SetVisible;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Position : integer read GetPosition write SetPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SelectionStart : integer read GetSelectionStart write SetSelectionStart;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SelectionEnd : integer read GetSelectionEnd write SetSelectionEnd;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Selection : string read GetSelection write SetSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Text : string read GetText write SetText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Changed;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure InsertText (NewText:string; AtPosition:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DeleteText (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure GetChars (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CutClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CopyClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PasteClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SelectRegion (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ClaimSelection (claim:boolean; time:guint32);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DeleteSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function InsertSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function InsertSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DeleteSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DeleteSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function XYSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function XYSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DirectionSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DirectionSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MoveWordSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MoveWordSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MovetoSignalConnect (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MovetoSignalConnectAfter (Signal:string; Proc:TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectInsertText (proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterInsertText (proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectDeleteText (proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterDeleteText (proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectSetEditable (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterSetEditable (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectMoveCursor (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterMoveCursor (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectMoveWord (proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterMoveWord (proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectMovePage (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterMovePage (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectMoveToRow (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterMoveToRow (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectMoveToCol (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterMoveToCol (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectKillChar (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterKillChar (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectKillWord (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterKillWord (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectKillLine (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterKillLine (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectCutClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterCutClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectCopyClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterCopyClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectPasteClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function ConnectAfterPasteClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkEntry = class (TFPgtkEditable)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVisibility : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVisibility (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetMaxLength : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMaxLength (TheValue : word);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText (TheValue:string); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure AppendText (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure PrependText (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Visibility : boolean read GetVisibility write SetVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property MaxLength : word read GetMaxLength write SetMaxLength;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkSpinButton = class (TFPgtkEntry)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetClimbRate : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetClimbRate (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDigits : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDigits (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAsInteger : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAsInteger (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAsFloat : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAsFloat (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetUpdatePolicy : TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue : TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetNumeric : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetNumeric (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetWrap (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShadowType (TheValue : TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetSnapToTicks : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSnapToTicks (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkSpinButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Configure (Adj:TFPgtkAdjustment; aClimbRate:gfloat; aDigits:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Adjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetAdjustment write SetAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ClimbRate : gfloat read GetClimbRate write SetClimbRate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Digits : integer read GetDigits write SetDigits;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AsInteger : integer read GetAsInteger write SetAsInteger;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property AsFloat : gfloat read GetAsFloat write SetAsFloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property UpdatePolicy : TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy read GetUpdatePolicy write SetUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Numeric : boolean read GetNumeric write SetNumeric;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Spin (direction:TGtkSpinType; increment:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Wrap : boolean read GetWrap write SetWrap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ShadowType : TGtkShadowType read GetShadowType write SetShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property SnapToTicks : boolean read GetSnapToTicks write SetSnapToTicks;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Update;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkText = class (TFPgtkEditable)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLines:TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FIsChanged:boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SigChanged (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetLines : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetWordWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetWordWrap (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetLineWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetLineWrap (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPoint : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPoint (TheValue : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure RefreshLines;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText (TheValue:string); Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Lines : TStrings read GetLines;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TextLength : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Insert (font:PgdkFont; fore:PgdkColor; back:PgdkColor; TheText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DeleteBackward (number:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DeleteForward (number:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property WordWrap : boolean read GetWordWrap write SetWordWrap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property LineWrap : boolean read GetLineWrap write SetLineWrap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Point : integer read GetPoint write SetPoint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAdjustments (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property HAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetHAdjustment write SetHAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property VAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetVAdjustment write SetVAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRuler = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMetric (aMetric:TGtkMetricType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRange (Lower:float; Upper:float; Position:float; MaxSize:float);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHRuler = class (TFPgtkRuler)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkHRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVRuler = class (TFPgtkRuler)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkVRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkRange = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetUpdatePolicy : TgtkUpdateType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue : TgtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAdj:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkRange;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Adjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetAdjustment write SetAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property UpdatePolicy : TgtkUpdateType read GetUpdatePolicy write SetUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (AnAdjustment:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DrawBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DrawTrough;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DrawStepForw;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DrawStepBack;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DrawSlider;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DefaultHSliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DefaultVSliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DefaultHTroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function DefaultVTroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure defaultHMotion (XDelta:integer; YDelta:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure defaultVMotion (XDelta:integer; YDelta:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkScale = class (TFPgtkRange)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDrawValue : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDrawValue (TheValue : boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetValuePos : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValuePos (TheValue : TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkScale;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDigits (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property DrawValue : boolean read GetDrawValue write SetDrawValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ValuePos : TGtkPositionType read GetValuePos write SetValuePos;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHScale = class (TFPgtkScale)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkHScale;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVScale = class (TFPgtkScale)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkVScale;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkScrollbar = class (TFPgtkRange)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHScrollbar = class (TFPgtkScrollbar)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkHScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVScrollbar = class (TFPgtkScrollbar)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkSeparator = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkHSeparator = class (TFPgtkSeparator)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkHSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkVSeparator = class (TFPgtkSeparator)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkVSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkPreview = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetExpand : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetExpand (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDither : TGdkRgbDither;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDither (TheValue : TGdkRgbDither);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkPreview;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Size (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Put (aWindow:PGdkWindow; gc:PGdkGC; SrcX:integer; SrcY:integer; destX:integer; DestY:integer; aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure DrawRow (data:pguchar; X:integer; Y:integer; W:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Expand : longbool read GetExpand write SetExpand;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Dither : TGdkRgbDither read GetDither write SetDither;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkProgress = class (TFPgtkWidget)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetShowtext : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShowtext (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTextXAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTextXAlign (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetTextYAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTextYAlign (TheValue : gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetCurrentValue : float;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCurrentValue (TheValue : float);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetPercentage : float;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPercentage (TheValue : float);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetFormatString : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFormatString (TheValue : string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAdjustment (TheValue : TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetActivityMode : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetActivityMode (TheValue : longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkProgress;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Showtext : longbool read GetShowtext write SetShowtext;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TextXAlign : gfloat read GetTextXAlign write SetTextXAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property TextYAlign : gfloat read GetTextYAlign write SetTextYAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTextAlignment (anXalign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property CurrentValue : float read GetCurrentValue write SetCurrentValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Percentage : float read GetPercentage write SetPercentage;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function PercentageFromValue (aValue:gfloat) : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property FormatString : string read GetFormatString write SetFormatString;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Adjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment read GetAdjustment write SetAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ActivityMode : longbool read GetActivityMode write SetActivityMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function CurrentText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TextFromValue (aValue:gfloat) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure Configure (aValue:gfloat; aMin:gfloat; aMax:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkProgressBar = class (TFPgtkProgress)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Private
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAdj:TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetBarStyle : TGtkProgressBarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetBarStyle (TheValue : TGtkProgressBarStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetDiscreteBlocks : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDiscreteBlocks (TheValue : longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetActivityStep : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetActivityStep (TheValue : longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetActivityBlocks : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetActivityBlocks (TheValue : longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+ function GetOrientation : TGtkProgressBarOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure SetOrientation (TheValue : TGtkProgressBarOrientation);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Protected
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure CreateGtkObject; Override;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ function TheGtkObject : PGtkProgressBar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ constructor Create (adj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+ property BarStyle : TGtkProgressBarStyle read GetBarStyle write SetBarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property DiscreteBlocks : longword read GetDiscreteBlocks write SetDiscreteBlocks;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ActivityStep : longword read GetActivityStep write SetActivityStep;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property ActivityBlocks : longword read GetActivityBlocks write SetActivityBlocks;
|
|
|
|
|
+ property Orientation : TGtkProgressBarOrientation read GetOrientation write SetOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkItemFactory = class (TFPgtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
+ Public
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+{ TFPgtkToolTips }
|
|
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheTooltips : TFPgtkTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
+{ TFPgtkButton }
|
|
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
|
|
+ DefaultButtonModifiers : TGdkModifierType = GDK_MOD1_MASK;
|
|
|
|
|
+{ TFPgtkWindow }
|
|
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
|
|
+ drNone = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
+ drOk = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
+ drCancel = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
+ drYes = 3;
|
|
|
|
|
+ drNo = 4;
|
|
|
|
|
+ drRetry = 5;
|
|
|
|
|
+ NoMainLevel = high (guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+{ TFPgtkFontSelection }
|
|
|
|
|
+resourcestring
|
|
|
|
|
+ sFontNotFound = 'Can''t find font "%s" on this system';
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+Const
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDestroy = 'destroy';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkData
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDisconnect = 'disconnect';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkAdjustment
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgValueChanged = 'value_changed';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgChanged = 'changed';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkWidget
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgShow = 'show';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sghide = 'hide';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgmap = 'map';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgunmap = 'unmap';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgrealize = 'realize';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgunrealize = 'unrealize';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDrawFocus = 'draw-focus';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDrawDefault = 'draw-defaut';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgParentSet = 'parent-set';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgGrabFocus = 'grab-focus';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgEvent = 'event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgButtonPressEvent = 'button-press-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgButtonReleaseEvent = 'button-release-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgMotionNotifyEvent = 'motion-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDeleteEvent = 'delete-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDestroyEvent = 'destroy-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgExposeEvent = 'expose-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgKeyPressEvent = 'key-press-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgKeyReleaseEvent = 'key-release-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgEnterNotifyEvent = 'enter-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgLeaveNotifyEvent = 'leave-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgConfigureEvent = 'configure-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgFocusInEvent = 'focus-in-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgFocusOutEvent = 'focus-out-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgMapEvent = 'map-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgUnmapEvent = 'unmap-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgPropertyNotifyEvent = 'property-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSelectionClearEvent = 'selection-clear-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSelectionRequestEvent = 'selection-request-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSelectionNotifyEvent = 'selection-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgProximityInEvent = 'proximity-in-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgProximityOutEvent = 'proximity-out-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgClientEvent = 'client-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgNoExposeEvent = 'no-expose-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgVisibilityNotifyEvent = 'visibility-notify-event';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkContainer
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgAdd = 'add';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgRemove = 'remove';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgCheckResize = 'check-resize';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgFocus = 'focus';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSetFocusChild = 'set-focus';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkButton
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgClicked = 'clicked';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgPressed = 'pressed';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgReleased = 'released';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgEnter = 'enter';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgLeave = 'leave';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkToggleButton
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgToggled = 'toggled';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkItem
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSelect = 'select';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDeselect = 'deselect';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgToggle = 'toggle';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkMenuItem
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgActivate = 'activate';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgActivateItem = 'activate-item';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkListItem
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgToggleFocusRow = 'toggle-focus-row';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSelectAll = 'select-all';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgUnselectAll = 'unselect-all';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgUndoSelection = 'undo-selection';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgStartSelection = 'start-selection';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgEndSelection = 'end-selection';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgToggleAddMode = 'toggle-add-mode';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgExtendSelection = 'extend-selection';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgScrollVertical = 'scroll-vertical';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgScrollHorizontal = 'scroll-horizontal';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkTreeItem
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgCollapse = 'collapse';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgExpand = 'expand';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkWindow
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSetFocus = 'set-focus';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkInputDialog
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgEnableDevice = 'enable-device';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDisableDevice = 'disable-device';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkHandleBox
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgChildAttached = 'child-attached';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgChildDetached = 'child-detached';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkStatusbar
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgTextPopped = 'text-popped';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgTextPushed = 'test-pushed';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkCList
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSelectRow = 'select-row';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgUnselectRow = 'unselect-row';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgRowMove = 'row-move';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgScrolHorizontal = 'scroll-horizontal';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgAbortColumnResize = 'abort-column-resize';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgClickColumn = 'click-column';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgResizeColumn = 'resize-column';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkNotebook
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSwitchPage = 'switch-page';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkList
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSelectionChanged = 'selection-changed';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSelectChild = 'select-child';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgUnselectChild = 'unselect-child';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkMenuShell
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDeActivate = 'deactivate';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSelectionDone = 'selection-done';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgCancel = 'cancel';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgMoveCurrent = 'move-current';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgActivateCurrent = 'activate-current';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkCalendar
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgMonthChanged = 'month-changed';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDaySelected = 'day-selected';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDaySelectedDoubleClick = 'day-selected-double-click';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgPrevMonth = 'prev-month';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgNextMonth = 'next-month';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgPrevYear = 'prev-year';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgNextYear = 'next-year';
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkEditable
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgInsertText = 'insert-text';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgDeleteText = 'delete-text';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgSetEditable = 'set-editable';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgMoveCursor = 'move-cursor';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgMoveWord = 'move-word';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgMovePage = 'move-page';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgMoveToRow = 'move-to-row';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgMoveToCol = 'move-to-column';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgKillChar = 'kill-char';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgKillWord = 'kill-word';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgKillLine = 'kill-line';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgCutClipboard = 'cut-clipboard';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgCopyClipboard = 'copy-clipboard';
|
|
|
|
|
+ sgPasteClipboard = 'paste-clipboard';
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetPascalInstance (gtkObject:PGtkObject; ObjClass:TFPgtkObjectClass) : TFPgtkObject; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetPascalInstance (gtkObject:PGtkObject) : TFPgtkObject; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+function ConvertToGtkObject (AnObject:TFPgtkObject) : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+function ConvertToPgChar (AString:string) : PgChar;
|
|
|
|
|
+function FreeFPgtkObjects (Data:pointer) : longbool; Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure DestroyData (data:pointer); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+function IntToPointer (Value:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+function PointerToInt (Value:pointer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkToolTips
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetTooltipsData (Widget:TFPgtkWidget) : PGtkTooltipsData;
|
|
|
|
|
+function ComposeTooltip (TooltipText:string; PrivText:string) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure DecomposeTooltip (Tooltip:string; var TooltipText:string; var PrivText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkWidget
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetPascalInstance (Widget:PGtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetPascalInstance (Widget:PGtkWidget; ObjClass:TFPgtkObjectClass) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+function ConvertToGtkWidget (AnObject:TFPgtkWidget) : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkImage
|
|
|
|
|
+function NewImage (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer) : PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkPixmap
|
|
|
|
|
+function StringsToPPgchar (Data:TStrings) : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+function ArrayToPPgchar (Data:array of string) : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure CreateGdkPixmap (var ThePixmap:PGdkPixmap; var TheMask:PGdkBitmap; aWindow:PGdkWindow; data:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup
|
|
|
|
|
+function RadioButtonGroupCreateFromStrings (TheItems:TStrings; ToggledFunction:TFPgtkSignalFunction) : TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkWindow
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AcceleratorAdd (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; Flags:TGtkAccelFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AcceleratorRemove (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AccelGroupLock (AG:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AccelGroupUnlock (AG:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+function AccelKeyName (Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AccelKeyParse (AccelName:string; var Key:guint; var Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AccelGroupActivate (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkButtonBox
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure SetButtonBoxDefaultSize (aMinWidth:integer; aMinHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure GetButtonBoxDefaultSize (var aMinWidth:integer; var aMinHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure SetButtonBoxDefaultPadding (aIPadX:integer; aIPadY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure GetButtonBoxDefaultPadding (var aIPadX:integer; var aIPadY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+// TFPgtkPreview
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure SetGamma (aGamma:double);
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+IMPLEMENTATION
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkObject }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.TheGtkObject : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkObject(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
|
|
+ dtPascalInstance = 'Pascal_Instance';
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
|
|
+ TIntegerPointer = record
|
|
|
|
|
+ case word of
|
|
|
|
|
+ 0 : (i : integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ 1 : (p : pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
|
|
+ ObjectsToFree : TList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ip : TIntegerPointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure Signalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; Data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.SignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@Signalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.SignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@Signalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure BooleanSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; Bool:boolean; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, Bool, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.BooleanSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@BooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.BooleanSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@BooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetPascalInstance (gtkObject:PGtkObject; ObjClass:TFPgtkObjectClass) : TFPgtkObject; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(GtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if not assigned(result) and assigned(GtkObject) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ObjClass.CreateFromObject (GtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetPascalInstance (gtkObject:PGtkObject) : TFPgtkObject; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (gtkobject) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := gtk_object_get_data (gtkObject, dtPascalInstance);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(p) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PPascalClassData(p)^.TheInstance;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function ConvertToGtkObject (AnObject:TFPgtkObject) : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(AnObject) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := AnObject.TheGtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function ConvertToPgChar (AString:string) : PgChar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := pointer(aString);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.ConvertSignalData (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; FreeIt:boolean) : PSignalData;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ new (result);
|
|
|
|
|
+ with result^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheSignalProc := proc;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheWidget := self;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheData := data;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FreeIt then
|
|
|
|
|
+ SignalDatas.Add (result);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function FreeFPgtkObjects (Data:pointer) : longbool; Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ obj : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := ObjectsToFree.Count-1 downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ obj := TFPgtkObject(ObjectsToFree[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (Obj) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Obj.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ObjectsToFree.Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.FreeClass (Sender:TFPgtkObject; Data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FDestroying = dsAlive then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if ObjectsToFree.Count = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ g_idle_Add (@FreeFPgtkObjects, null);
|
|
|
|
|
+ ObjectsToFree.Add (self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FDestroying := dsWaiting;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.CheckConvertDatas;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if not assigned (ConvertDatas) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertDatas := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertDatas.Sorted := True;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.CheckNotifyList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if not assigned (Notifylist) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ NotifyList := TList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.InitCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ SignalDatas := TList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.FinalCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ PascalInstance.TheInstance := Self;
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetData (dtPascalInstance, @PascalInstance);
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConnectDestroy (@FreeClass, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkObject.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ InitCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FinalCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkObject.CreateFromObject (GtkObject:PGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ InitCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := GtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FinalCreate;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.AskNotification (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ CheckNotifyList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ with NotifyList do
|
|
|
|
|
+ if indexof(AnObject) < 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ Add (AnObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+ AnObject.AskNotification (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+destructor TFPgtkObject.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ datapointer : PSignalData;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FDestroying := dsDestroying;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(NotifyList) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := 0 to NotifyList.count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkObject(NotifyList[r]).NotifyDestroy (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ NotifyList.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ NotifyList := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(FGtkObject) and not Gtk_Object_destroyed(FGtkObject) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_destroy (FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := 0 to SignalDatas.count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ datapointer := signaldatas[r];
|
|
|
|
|
+ dispose (datapointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ signaldatas.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (convertDatas) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertDatas.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := ObjectsToFree.indexof (self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ ObjectsToFree[r] := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(NotifyList) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := NotifyList.indexOf (AnObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ NotifyList.Delete (r);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.ConnectDestroy (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgDestroy, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.ConnectAfterDestroy (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDestroy, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalDisconnect (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_signal_disconnect (TheGtkObject, SignalHandler);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalBlockHandler (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_signal_handler_block (TheGtkObject, SignalHandler);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalUnblockHandler (SignalHandler:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_signal_handler_unblock (TheGtkObject, SignalHandler);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalEmit (aName:string; Args:array of const);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_signal_emit_by_name (TheGtkObject, pgchar(aName), Args);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.SignalNEmissions (aName:string) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_n_emissions_by_name (FGtkObject, pgchar(aName));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.SignalEmitStop (aName:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_signal_emit_stop_by_name (FGtkObject, pgchar(aName));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.SetData (Key:string; Data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_set_data (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(Key), Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.GetUserData : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_object_get_user_data(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.SetUserData (TheValue:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_set_user_data(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.SetDataFull (Key:string; Data:pointer; Destroyer:TFPgtkSignalFunction);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_set_data_full (TheGtkObject, pgChar(Key), ConvertSignalData (Destroyer, data, false), TGtkDestroyNotify(@DestroyData));
|
|
|
|
|
+ CheckConvertDatas;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertDatas.Add (Key);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.RemoveData (Key:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_remove_data (TheGtkObject, pgChar(Key));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (ConvertDatas) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := ConvertDatas.indexof (Key);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertDatas.Delete (r);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.GetData (Key:string) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := gtk_object_get_data (TheGtkObject, pgChar(Key));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(ConvertDatas) and (ConvertDatas.IndexOf (Key) >= 0) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PPascalClassData (PSignalData(p)^.TheData)^.TheInstance
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure DestroyData (data:pointer); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ with PSignaldata(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheSignalProc (TheWidget, TheData);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function IntToPointer (Value:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ip.i := Value;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ip.p;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function PointerToInt (Value:pointer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ip.p := Value;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ip.i;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkObject.GtkDestroyed : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_object_destroyed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.Constructed;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_constructed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.ConstructedDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_default_construct (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.Sink;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_sink (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.Ref;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_ref (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.Unref;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_unref (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.WeakRef (Notify:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_weakref (TheGtkObject, TGtkDestroyNotify(@DestroyData), ConvertSignalData (Notify, data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkObject.WeakUnref (notify:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_object_weakunref (TheGtkObject, TGtkDestroyNotify(@DestroyData), ConvertSignalData (Notify, data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkData }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkData.TheGtkObject : PGtkData;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkData(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkData.ConnectDisconnect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgDisconnect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkData.ConnectAfterDisconnect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDisconnect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkAdjustment }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.TheGtkObject : PGtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkAdjustment(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_Adjustment_new (0,0,10,1,2,2));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.Configure (aLower:gfloat; anUpper:gfloat; aValue:gfloat; aStepInc:gfloat; aPageInc:gfloat; aPageSize:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ Lower := aLower;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Upper := anUpper;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Value := aValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+ StepIncrement := aStepInc;
|
|
|
|
|
+ PageIncrement := aPageInc;
|
|
|
|
|
+ PageSize := aPageSize;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.ConnectValueChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgValueChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.ConnectAfterValueChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgValueChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.ConnectChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.ConnectAfterChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.ValueChanged;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Adjustment_Value_Changed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.Changed;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Adjustment_Changed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.ClampPage (aLower:gfloat; aUpper:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Adjustment_Clamp_Page (TheGtkObject, aLower, aUpper);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetValue : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.Value;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetValue (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Adjustment_set_Value(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetLower : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.Lower;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetLower (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkObject^.Lower := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetUpper : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.Upper;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetUpper (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkObject^.Upper := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetStepIncrement : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.Step_Increment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetStepIncrement (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkObject^.Step_Increment := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetPageIncrement : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.Page_Increment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetPageIncrement (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkObject^.Page_increment := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAdjustment.GetPageSize : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.Page_Size;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAdjustment.SetPageSize (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkObject^.Page_Size := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkToolTips }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolTips.TheGtkObject : PGtkToolTips;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkToolTips(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolTips.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tooltips_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetColors (Fore:PGdkColor; Back:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tooltips_set_colors (TheGtkObject, Fore, Back);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetTip (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TipText:string; TipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tooltips_set_tip (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), ConvertToPgchar(TipText), ConvertToPgchar(TipPrivate));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolTips.GetEnabled : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.enabled(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetEnabled (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tooltips_enable (TheGtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tooltips_disable (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolTips.GetDelay : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.delay(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetDelay (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tooltips_set_delay(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolTips.GetColorForeground : PGdkColor;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.foreground;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetColorForeground (TheValue:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetColors (TheValue, ColorBackGround);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolTips.GetColorBackground : PGdkColor;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.background;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolTips.SetColorBackground (TheValue:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetColors (ColorForeground, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetTooltipsData (Widget:TFPgtkWidget) : PGtkTooltipsData;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_tooltips_data_get (ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function ComposeTooltip (TooltipText:string; PrivText:string) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TooltipText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if PrivText <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := result + '|' + PrivText;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure DecomposeTooltip (Tooltip:string; var TooltipText:string; var PrivText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := pos ('|', tooltip);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r > 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TooltipText := copy(Tooltip, 1, r-1);
|
|
|
|
|
+ PrivText := copy (Tooltip, r+1, maxint);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TooltipText := Tooltip;
|
|
|
|
|
+ PrivText := '';
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure CheckTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+if not assigned (TheTooltips) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheTooltips := TFPgtkTooltips.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolTips.ForceWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tooltips_force_window (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkWidget }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.TheGtkObject : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkWidget(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetTheGtkWidget : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PGtkWidget (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetTheGtkWidget (TheValue:PGtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PgtkObject (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetPascalInstance (Widget:PGtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkWidget (GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(widget)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function GetPascalInstance (Widget:PGtkWidget; ObjClass:TFPgtkObjectClass) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkWidget (GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(Widget), ObjClass));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function ConvertToGtkWidget (AnObject:TFPgtkWidget) : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(AnObject) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := AnObject.TheGtkWidget
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure WidgetSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; Widget:PGtkwidget; Data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(Widget),TFPgtkwidget) as TFPgtkwidget, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.WidgetSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@WidgetSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.WidgetSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@WidgetSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetFlags (NewFlags:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_set_flags (TheGtkObject, NewFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.UnsetFlags (NewUnsetFlags:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_unset_flags (TheGtkObject, NewUnsetFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.Map;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_map (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.Unmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_unmap (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.QueueDraw;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_queue_draw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.QueueResize;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_queue_resize (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.Draw (Rectangle:PGdkRectangle); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_draw (TheGtkObject, Rectangle);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.DrawFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_draw_focus (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.DrawDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_draw_default (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_show (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.Hide;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_hide (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.Realize;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_realize (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.Unrealize;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_unrealize (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.ShowNow;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_show_now (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.ShowAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_show_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.HideAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_hide_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetAllocation (AnAllocation:TGtkAllocation); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ with AnAllocation do
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetAllocation (x, y, width, height);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetAllocation (x:integer; y:integer; width:integer; height:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetUPosition (x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetUSize (width, height);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetAllocation : TGtkAllocation;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.allocation;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetUPosition (x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_set_uposition (TheGtkObject, x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetUsize (width:integer; height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_set_usize (TheGtkObject, width, height);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetName : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_get_name(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetName (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_set_name(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetPropFlags : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Flags (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetPropFlags (TheValue:longint);
|
|
|
|
|
+var f : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ f := GetPropFlags;
|
|
|
|
|
+ UnsetFlags (f and not TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetFlags (not f and TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetState : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_State(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetSavedState : longint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Saved_State(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetParent : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+var gtkparent : PgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ o : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtkParent := TheGtkObject^.parent;
|
|
|
|
|
+ o := GetPascalInstance (PgtkObject(GtkParent));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if o is TFPgtkWidget then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkWidget(o)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetParent (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+var gtkparent : PgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtkParent := TheGtkObject^.parent;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(TheValue) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(gtkParent) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ reparent (TheValue)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_set_parent (TheGtkWidget, ConvertToGtkWidget(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(gtkParent) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_unparent (TheGtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetParentWindow : PGdkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_get_parent_window(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetParentWindow (TheValue:PGdkWindow);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_set_parent_window(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.Unparent;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_unparent (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.Reparent (NewParent:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if (NewParent is TFpgtkContainer) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ref;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkContainer(Parent).remove (self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkContainer(NewParent).Add (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ unref;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetVisible : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Visible(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetVisible (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Show
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ Hide;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetNoWindow : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_No_Window(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetNoWindow (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetFlags (GTK_NO_WINDOW)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ UnSetFlags (GTK_NO_WINDOW);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetRealized : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_realized(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetRealized (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Realize
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ Unrealize;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetMapped : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Mapped(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetMapped (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Map
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ Unmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetDrawable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Drawable(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetIsSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Is_Sensitive(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Sensitive(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetSensitive (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_set_sensitive(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetParentSensitive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Parent_Sensitive(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetParentSensitive (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetFlags (GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ UnSetFlags (GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetAppPaintable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_App_Paintable(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetCanFocus : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Can_Focus(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetCanFocus (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetFlags (GTK_CAN_FOCUS)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ UnSetFlags (GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.GrabFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_grab_focus (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetHasFocus : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Has_Focus(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetCanDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Can_Default(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetCanDefault (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetFlags (GTK_CAN_DEFAULT)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ UnSetFlags (GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.GrabDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_grab_default (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetHasDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Has_Default(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetReceivesDefault : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Receives_Default(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetCompositeChild : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_Composite_Child(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetTooltip : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+var data : PGtkTooltipsData;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ data := Gtk_Tooltips_Data_Get (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(data) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ with data^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ComposeTooltip (Tip_Text, tip_private)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := '';
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetTooltip (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var t, p : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ttdata : PGtkTooltipsData;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue = '' then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ttdata := GetTooltipsData (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (ttdata) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ ; // find a way to remove the hint. Setting '' does not remove
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ CheckTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
+ DecomposeTooltip (TheValue, t, p);
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheToolTips.SetTip (self, t, p);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.HideOnDelete;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.GetColormap : PGdkColormap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_widget_get_colormap(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.SetColormap (TheValue:PGdkColormap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_set_colormap(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectShow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgShow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterShow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgShow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.Connecthide (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sghide, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterhide (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sghide, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.Connectmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgmap, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAftermap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgmap, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.Connectunmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgunmap, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterunmap (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgunmap, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.Connectrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgrealize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgrealize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.Connectunrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgunrealize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterunrealize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgunrealize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectDrawFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgDrawFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterDrawFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDrawFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectDrawDefault (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgDrawDefault, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterDrawDefault (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDrawDefault, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectParentSet (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgParentSet, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterParentSet (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgParentSet, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectGrabFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgGrabFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterGrabFocus (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgGrabFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function Eventfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEvent; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@Eventfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@Eventfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnect (sgEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnectAfter (sgEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventButtonfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventButton; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventButtonFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventButtonFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventButtonConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventButtonfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventButtonConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventButtonfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectButtonPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventButtonConnect (sgButtonPressEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterButtonPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventButtonConnectAfter (sgButtonPressEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectButtonReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventButtonConnect (sgButtonReleaseEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterButtonReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventButtonFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventButtonConnectAfter (sgButtonReleaseEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventMotionfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventMotion; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventMotionFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventMotionFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventMotionConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventMotionfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventMotionConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventMotionfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectMotionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventMotionConnect (sgMotionNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterMotionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventMotionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventMotionConnectAfter (sgMotionNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectDeleteEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnect (sgDeleteEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterDeleteEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnectAfter (sgDeleteEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectDestroyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnect (sgDestroyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterDestroyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnectAfter (sgDestroyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventExposefunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventExpose; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventExposeFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventExposeFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventExposeConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventExposefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventExposeConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventExposefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventExposeConnect (sgExposeEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventExposeConnectAfter (sgExposeEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventKeyfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventKey; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventKeyFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventKeyFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventKeyConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventKeyfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventKeyConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventKeyfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectKeyPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventKeyConnect (sgKeyPressEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterKeyPressEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventKeyConnectAfter (sgKeyPressEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectKeyReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventKeyConnect (sgKeyReleaseEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterKeyReleaseEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventKeyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventKeyConnectAfter (sgKeyReleaseEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventCrossingfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventCrossing; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventCrossingConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventCrossingfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventCrossingConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventCrossingfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectEnterNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventCrossingConnect (sgEnterNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterEnterNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventCrossingConnectAfter (sgEnterNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectLeaveNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventCrossingConnect (sgLeaveNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterLeaveNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventCrossingFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventCrossingConnectAfter (sgLeaveNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventConfigurefunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventConfigure; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventConfigureConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventConfigurefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventConfigureConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventConfigurefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectConfigureEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConfigureConnect (sgConfigureEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterConfigureEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventConfigureFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConfigureConnectAfter (sgConfigureEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventFocusfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventFocus; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventFocusFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventFocusFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventFocusConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventFocusfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventFocusConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventFocusfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectFocusInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventFocusConnect (sgFocusInEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterFocusInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventFocusConnectAfter (sgFocusInEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectFocusOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventFocusConnect (sgFocusOutEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterFocusOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFocusFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventFocusConnectAfter (sgFocusOutEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectMapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnect (sgMapEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterMapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnectAfter (sgMapEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectUnmapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnect (sgUnmapEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterUnmapEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnectAfter (sgUnmapEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventPropertyfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventProperty; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventPropertyConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventPropertyfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventPropertyConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventPropertyfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectPropertyNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventPropertyConnect (sgPropertyNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterPropertyNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventPropertyFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventPropertyConnectAfter (sgPropertyNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventSelectionfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventSelection; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventSelectionConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventSelectionfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventSelectionConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventSelectionfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectSelectionClearEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventSelectionConnect (sgSelectionClearEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterSelectionClearEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventSelectionConnectAfter (sgSelectionClearEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectSelectionRequestEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventSelectionConnect (sgSelectionRequestEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterSelectionRequestEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventSelectionConnectAfter (sgSelectionRequestEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectSelectionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventSelectionConnect (sgSelectionNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterSelectionNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventSelectionFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventSelectionConnectAfter (sgSelectionNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventProximityfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventProximity; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventProximityFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventProximityFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventProximityConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventProximityfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventProximityConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventProximityfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectProximityInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventProximityConnect (sgProximityInEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterProximityInEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventProximityConnectAfter (sgProximityInEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectProximityOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventProximityConnect (sgProximityOutEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterProximityOutEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventProximityFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventProximityConnectAfter (sgProximityOutEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventClientfunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventClient; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventClientFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventClientFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventClientConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventClientfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventClientConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventClientfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectClientEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventClientConnect (sgClientEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterClientEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventClientFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventClientConnectAfter (sgClientEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function EventNoExposefunc (Sender:PGtkwidget; Event:PGdkEventNoExpose; data:pointer) : boolean; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkWidget, Event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventNoExposeConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventNoExposefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.EventNoExposeConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@EventNoExposefunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectNoExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventNoExposeConnect (sgNoExposeEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterNoExposeEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventNoExposeFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventNoExposeConnectAfter (sgNoExposeEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectVisibilityNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnect (sgVisibilityNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidget.ConnectAfterVisibilityNotifyEvent (proc:TFPgtkEventFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := EventConnectAfter (sgVisibilityNotifyEvent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.LockAccelerators;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_lock_accelerators (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.UnlockAccelerators;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_unlock_accelerators (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.RemoveAccelerators (aSignal:string; OnlyVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_remove_accelerators (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(aSignal), OnlyVisible);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.ActivateAccelGroups (Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_groups_activate (FGtkObject, Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidget.AcceleratorAdd (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; acFlags:TGtkAccelFlags); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_add_accelerator (TheGtkWidget, pgchar(aSignal),
|
|
|
|
|
+ AG, Key, Mods, acFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FGList <> null then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FManageLists then
|
|
|
|
|
+ g_list_free (FGList);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGList := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FGSList <> null then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FManageLists then
|
|
|
|
|
+ g_slist_free (FGSList);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGSlist := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkGroup.CreateGList : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := pred(count) downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := g_list_prepend (result, GetData(r));
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGList := result;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkGroup.CreateGSList : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := pred(count) downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := g_slist_prepend (result, GetData(r));
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGSList := result;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.BuildFromGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := FGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ while p <> null do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ add (UngetData(p^.data));
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := p^.Next;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FSListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FClassesChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.BuildFromGtkSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p :PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := FGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ while p <> null do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ add (UngetData(p^.data));
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := p^.Next;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FSListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FClassesChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.Notify (ptr:pointer; Action:TListNotification);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FClassesChanged := True;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkGroup.GetData (index:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+// GetData needs to give the pointer to the data in the List or SList of GTK
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := items[index];
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkGroup.UngetData (data:pointer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+// UngetData needs to give the item in this list from the datapointer of GTK
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := data
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FClassesChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FListChanged := false;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FSListChanged := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGList := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGSList := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FNotUpdating := True;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FManageLists := True;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+destructor TFPgtkGroup.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if ManageLists then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkGroup.GetGtkList (buffered:boolean) : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if buffered then
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FClasseschanged then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CreateGList
|
|
|
|
|
+ else if FSListChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ BuildFromGtkSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CreateGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FGlist
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CreateGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkGroup.GetGtkSList (buffered:boolean) : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if buffered then
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FClassesChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CreateGSList
|
|
|
|
|
+ else if FListChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ BuildFromGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CreateGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FGSlist
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CreateGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.BeginUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FNotUpdating := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.EndUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FNotUpdating := True;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FlistChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
+ BuildFromGtkSList
|
|
|
|
|
+ else if FSListChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
+ BuildFromGtkSList
|
|
|
|
|
+ else if FClassesChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreeSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreeList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.ForEach (Proc:TFPgtkForEachProcedure; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r: integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := 0 to pred(count) do
|
|
|
|
|
+ Proc (items[r], data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkGroup.GetGtkListProp : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetGtkList (True);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.SetGtkListProp (TheValue:PGList);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGList := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FNotUpdating then
|
|
|
|
|
+ BuildFromGtkList
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ FListChanged := True;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkGroup.GetGtkSListProp : PGSList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetGtkSList (True);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGroup.SetGtkSListProp (TheValue:PGSList);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGSlist := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FNotUpdating then
|
|
|
|
|
+ BuildFromGtkSList
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ FSListChanged := True;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkWidgetGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidgetGroup.GetData (index:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := items[index].FgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidgetGroup.UnGetData (data:pointer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(Data));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidgetGroup.AddToContainer (Container:TFPgtkContainer);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := 0 to pred(count) do
|
|
|
|
|
+ Container.Add (items[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidgetGroup.PackInBox (box:TFPgtkBox; AtStart:boolean; Expanding:boolean; Fill:boolean; Padding:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if AtStart then
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := 0 to pred(Count) do
|
|
|
|
|
+ box.PackStart (items[r], expanding, fill, padding)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := pred(Count) downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ box.PackEnd (items[r], expanding, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidgetGroup.GetItem (Index:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkWidget (Inherited items[index]);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidgetGroup.SetItem (Index:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited items[index] := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWidgetGroup.GetTooltips (index:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := items[index].Tooltip;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWidgetGroup.SetTooltips (index:integer; TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ Items[index].Tooltip := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkMisc }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMisc.TheGtkObject : PGtkMisc;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkMisc(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetAlignment (x:gfloat; y:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_misc_set_alignment (TheGtkObject, x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetPadding (x:word; y:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_misc_set_padding (TheGtkObject, x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMisc.GetXAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.XAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetXAlign (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetAlignment (TheValue, YAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMisc.GetYAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.YAlign;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetYAlign (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetAlignment (XAlign, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMisc.GetXPad : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.XPad;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetXPad (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetPadding (TheValue, YPad);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMisc.GetYPad : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.YPad;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMisc.SetYPad (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetPadding (XPad, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkLabel }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkLabel.TheGtkObject : PGtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkLabel(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLabel.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_label_new (null));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkLabel.Create (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Text := aText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetAlignment (0.0, 0.5);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkLabel.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.TheLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLabel.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_label_set_text(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkLabel.GetPattern : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.pattern;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLabel.SetPattern (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_label_set_pattern(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkLabel.GetJustify : TGtkJustification;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.jtype(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLabel.SetJustify (TheValue:TGtkJustification);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_label_set_justify(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkLabel.GetLineWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.wrap;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLabel.SetLineWrap (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_label_set_line_wrap(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkLabel.ParseUline (aText:string) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_label_parse_uline (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(aText));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkAccelLabel }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAccelLabel.TheGtkObject : PGtkAccelLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkAccelLabel(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAccelLabel.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_accel_label_new (''));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAccelLabel.GetAccelWidget : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.accel_widget),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAccelLabel.SetAccelWidget (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget(TheGtkObject,PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAccelLabel.AccelText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.accel_string;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAccelLabel.Refetch;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_label_refetch (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkTipsQuery }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTipsQuery.TheGtkObject : PGtkTipsQuery;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkTipsQuery(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTipsQuery.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tips_query_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkArrow }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkArrow.TheGtkObject : PGtkArrow;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkArrow(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkArrow.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_arrow_new (GTK_ARROW_LEFT,GTK_SHADOW_NONE));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkArrow.GetArrowType : TGtkArrowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TGtkArrowType (TheGtkObject^.arrow_type);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkArrow.SetArrowType (TheValue:TGtkArrowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_arrow_set (TheGtkObject, TheValue, ShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkArrow.GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TGtkShadowtype (TheGtkObject^.shadow_type);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkArrow.SetShadowType (TheValue:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_arrow_set (TheGtkObject, ArrowType, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkArrow.SetTypes (AnArrowType:TGtkArrowType; AShadowtype:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_arrow_set (TheGtkObject, AnArrowType, AShadowtype);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkArrow.Create (AnArrowType:TGtkArrowType; AShadowType:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetTypes (AnArrowType, AShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkImage }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkImage.TheGtkObject : PGtkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkImage(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkImage.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_image_new (FImage, FMask));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkImage.GetImageProp : PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
+var m : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_image_get (TheGtkObject, @result, @m);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkImage.SetImageProp (TheValue:PGdkImage);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Image_set (TheGtkObject, TheValue, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkImage.GetMask : PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_image_get (TheGtkObject, @p, @result);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkImage.SetMask (TheValue:PGdkBitMap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_image_set (TheGtkObject, Image, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkImage.SetImage (anImage:PGdkImage; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_image_set (TheGtkObject, anImage, aMask);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkImage.Create (anImage:PGdkImage; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FImage := anImage;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FMask := aMask;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function NewImage (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer) : PGdkImage;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gdk_image_new (gdk_image_fastest, gdk_visual_get_system, aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkPixmap }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPixmap.TheGtkObject : PGtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkPixmap(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_pixmap_new (FPixMap, FMask));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
|
|
+ EmptyBitmap : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function StringsToPPgchar (Data:TStrings) : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ a : PStringArray;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ getmem (a, sizeof (pgchar) * Data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := 0 to Data.Count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ a^[r] := pchar (Data[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ppgchar (a);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function ArrayToPPgchar (Data:array of string) : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r,t : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ a : PStringArray;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ getmem (a, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := 0;
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := low(data) to high(data) do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ a^[r] := pchar (data[t]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ inc (t);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ppgchar (a);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPixmap.GetBuildInsensitive : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(gtk.build_insensitive(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.SetBuildInsensitive (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_pixmap_set_build_insensitive(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkPixmap.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if not assigned (EmptyBitmap) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ EmptyBitmap := gdk_pixmap_new (null, 1, 1, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FPixMap := EmptyBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FMask := PGdkBitmap (EmptyBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkPixmap.CreateFromFile (Filename:string; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FPixMap := gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm (ConvertToGtkWidget(Window)^.window, @FMask, nil, pgchar(Filename));
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkPixmap.CreateFromStrings (Data:TStrings; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := StringsToPPgchar(Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FPixMap := gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d (ConvertToGtkWidget(Window)^.window, @FMask, nil, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * Data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkPixmap.CreateFromText (Data:string; Window:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ try
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Text := data;
|
|
|
|
|
+ CreateFromStrings (l, Window);
|
|
|
|
|
+ finally
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPixmap.GetPixmapProp : PGdkPixMap;
|
|
|
|
|
+var m : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_pixmap_get (TheGtkObject, @result, @m);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.SetPixmapProp (TheValue:PGdkPixMap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_pixmap_set (TheGtkObject, TheValue, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPixmap.GetMask : PGdkBitMap;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_pixmap_get (TheGtkObject, @p, @result);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.SetMask (TheValue:PGdkBitMap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_pixmap_set (TheGtkObject, Pixmap, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.SetPixmap (aPixmap:PGdkPixMap; aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_pixmap_set (TheGtkObject, aPixmap, aMask);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.GetPixmap (var aPixmap:PGdkPixmap; var aMask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+var P:PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ M:PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_pixmap_get (TheGtkObject, @p, @m);
|
|
|
|
|
+ apixmap := p;
|
|
|
|
|
+ amask := m;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.LoadFromFile (Filename:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var bm : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm := gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm (nil, Colormap, @bm, nil, pgchar(Filename));
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetPixmap (pm, bm);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.LoadFromStrings (data:TStrings);
|
|
|
|
|
+var bm : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := StringsToPPgchar(Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm := gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d (nil, Colormap, @bm, nil, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetPixmap (pm, bm);
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * Data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.LoadFromText (data:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ try
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Text := data;
|
|
|
|
|
+ LoadFromStrings (l);
|
|
|
|
|
+ finally
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPixmap.LoadFromArray (data:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var bm : PGdkBitmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm : PGdkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar(Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm := gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d (nil, Colormap, @bm, nil, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetPixmap (pm, bm);
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure CreateGdkPixmap (var ThePixmap:PGdkPixmap; var TheMask:PGdkBitmap; aWindow:PGdkWindow; data:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar(Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ ThePixmap := gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d (aWindow, @TheMask, nil, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkContainer }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.TheGtkObject : PGtkContainer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkContainer(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.GetBorder : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.border_width(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkContainer.SetBorder (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_container_set_border_width(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkContainer.Add (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_container_add (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(AWidget));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if IsVisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ AWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkContainer.Add (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_container_add (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(AWidget));
|
|
|
|
|
+ AWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkContainer.Remove (AWidget:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_container_remove (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(AWidget)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkContainer.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FChildren := TFPgtkWidgetGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+destructor TFPgtkContainer.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(FChildren) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ FChildren.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.GetChildren : TFPgtkWidgetGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FChildren.GtkList := gtk_container_children (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FChildren;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkContainer.Focus (Direction:TGtkDirectionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_container_focus (TheGtkObject, Direction);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkContainer.FocusChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_container_set_focus_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkContainer.RegisterToplevel;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_container_register_toplevel (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkContainer.UnregisterToplevel;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_container_unregister_toplevel (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkContainer.ResizeChildren;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_container_resize_children (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function DirectionFunctionSignalfunc (Sender:PGtkobject; Direction:TGtkDirectionType; data:pointer) : TGtkDirectionType; cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, Direction, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.DirectionFunctionSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DirectionFunctionSignalfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.DirectionFunctionSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DirectionFunctionSignalfunc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAdd (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgAdd, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterAdd (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgAdd, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectRemove (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgRemove, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterRemove (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgRemove, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectCheckResize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgCheckResize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterCheckResize (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCheckResize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectFocus (proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DirectionFunctionSignalConnect (sgFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterFocus (proc:TFPgtkDirectionFunctionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DirectionFunctionSignalConnectAfter (sgFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectSetFocusChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgSetFocusChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkContainer.ConnectAfterSetFocusChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgSetFocusChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkBin }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkBin.TheGtkObject : PGtkBin;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkBin(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkBin.GetChild : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.Child),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBin.SetChild (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ Add (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkAlignment }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAlignment.TheGtkObject : PGtkAlignment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkAlignment(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAlignment.Configure (anXAlign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat; anXScale:gfloat; anYScale:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_alignment_set (TheGtkObject, anXAlign, anYAlign, anXScale, anYScale);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkFrame }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFrame.TheGtkObject : PGtkFrame;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkFrame(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFrame.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_frame_new (nil));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFrame.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.thelabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFrame.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_frame_set_label(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFrame.GetAlignment : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.label_xalign;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFrame.SetAlignment (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_frame_set_label_align (ThegtkObject, TheValue, 0.0);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFrame.GetShadowType : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFrame.SetShadowType (TheValue:TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_frame_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkAspectFrame }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkAspectFrame.TheGtkObject : PGtkAspectFrame;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkAspectFrame(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAspectFrame.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_aspect_frame_new (nil,0,0,1,1));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkAspectFrame.Configure (anXAlign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat; Ratio:gfloat; ObeyChild:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_aspect_frame_set (TheGtkObject, anXAlign, anYAlign, Ratio, gint(ObeyChild));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkButton }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_button_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.CreateLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+if not assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLabel := LabelClass.Create ('');
|
|
|
|
|
+ with FLabel do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ AskNotification (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAccelKey := ParseULine (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(AddContainer) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ AddContainer.Add (FLabel)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ Add (FLabel);
|
|
|
|
|
+ LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if AnObject = FLabel then
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLabel := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectClicked (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgClicked, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterClicked (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgClicked, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectPressed (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgPressed, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterPressed (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgPressed, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectReleased (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgReleased, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterReleased (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgReleased, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectEnter (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgEnter, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterEnter (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgEnter, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectLeave (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgLeave, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.ConnectAfterLeave (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgLeave, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.Clicked;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_Clicked (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.Pressed;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_Pressed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.Released;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_Released (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.Enter;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_Enter (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.Leave;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_Leave (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkButton.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAddContainer := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkButton.CreateWithLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Text := aText;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkButton.CreateWithLabel (aText:string; AccelGroup:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Text := aText;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if (FAccelKey <> 0) and assigned(AccelGroup) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ AcceleratorAdd (AccelGroup, sgClicked, FAccelKey, DefaultButtonModifiers, GTK_ACCEL_Visible);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FLabel.Text
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := '';
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLabel.Text := TheValue
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
+ CreateLabel (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButton.GetReliefStyle : TGtkReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_button_get_relief(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.SetReliefStyle (TheValue:TGtkReliefStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_set_relief(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButton.LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLabel.setalignment (0.5,0.5);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkToggleButton }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToggleButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkToggleButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToggleButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_toggle_button_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToggleButton.ConnectToggled (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgToggled, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToggleButton.ConnectAfterToggled (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggled, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToggleButton.Toggled;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toggle_button_toggled (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToggleButton.GetActive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_toggle_button_get_active(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToggleButton.SetActive (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toggle_button_set_active(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToggleButton.GetDrawIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.draw_indicator(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToggleButton.SetDrawIndicator (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk.Set_draw_indicator(TheGtkObject^,guint(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkCheckButton }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCheckButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkCheckButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkCheckButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCheckButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_check_button_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkRadioButton }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkRadioButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkRadioButton.Create (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup := AGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkRadioButton.CreateWithLabel (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup; aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup := AGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited CreateWithLabel (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRadioButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if not assigned (FGroup) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup := TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkWidget := gtk_radio_button_new (FGroup.GtkSList);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup.GtkSList := gtk_radio_button_group (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.GetItem (index:integer) : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkRadioButton(Inherited items[index]);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.SetItem (index:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkRadioButton);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited items[index] := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.ActiveButtonText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ActiveButton.Text;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.ActiveButtonIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ Result := pred(count);
|
|
|
|
|
+ while (Result >= 0) and (not items[Result].Active) do
|
|
|
|
|
+ dec (Result);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.ActiveButton : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := ActiveButtonIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := items[r]
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function RadioButtonGroupCreateFromStrings (TheItems:TStrings; ToggledFunction:TFPgtkSignalFunction) : TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ b : TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkRadioButtonGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result.BeginUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := TheItems.count-1 downto 0 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ b := TFPgtkRadioButton.CreateWithLabel (result, TheItems[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(toggledfunction) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ b.connecttoggled (ToggledFunction, IntToPointer(r));
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ b.active := true;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result.EndUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkOptionMenu }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkOptionMenu.TheGtkObject : PGtkOptionMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkOptionMenu(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_option_menu_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkOptionMenu.GetMenu : TFPgtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_option_menu_get_menu(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkmenu) as tfpgtkmenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.setmenu (TheValue:TFPgtkMenu);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_option_menu_set_menu(TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.RemoveMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_option_menu_remove_menu (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.SetHistory (index:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_option_menu_set_history (TheGtkObject, index);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkOptionMenu.Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+var w : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ w := Menu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(w) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ w := TFPgtkMenu(w).Active;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkItem(w).Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkItem }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItem.LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItem.CreateLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if not assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLabel := LabelClass.Create ('');
|
|
|
|
|
+ with FLabel do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ AskNotification (Self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAccelKey := ParseULine (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(AddContainer) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ AddContainer.Add (FLabel)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ Add (FLabel);
|
|
|
|
|
+ LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItem.NotifyDestroy (AnObject:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if AnObject = FLabel then
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLabel := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItem.ConnectSelect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgSelect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItem.ConnectAfterSelect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItem.ConnectDeselect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgDeselect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItem.ConnectAfterDeselect (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDeselect, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItem.ConnectToggle (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgToggle, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItem.ConnectAfterToggle (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggle, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItem.Select;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_item_Select (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItem.Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_item_Deselect (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItem.Toggle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_item_Toggle (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkItem.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAddContainer := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkItem.CreateWithLabel (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Text := aText;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItem.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FLabel.Text
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := '';
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItem.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLabel.Text := TheValue
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
+ CreateLabel (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItem.LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkItemGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItemGroup.GetItem (index:integer) : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkItem (inherited items[index]);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.SetItem (index:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited items[index] := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.FillFromList (aList:TStrings);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ i : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ BeginUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := 0 to aList.count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ i := FItemClass.CreateWithLabel (aList[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ add (i);
|
|
|
|
|
+ i.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ EndUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.FillFromCommaText (aList:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ try
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.commatext := aList;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FillFromList (l);
|
|
|
|
|
+ finally
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.FillFromArray (aList:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ l := TStringlist.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ try
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := low (aList) to high(aList) do
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Add (aList[r]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FillFromList (l);
|
|
|
|
|
+ finally
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkItemGroup.SignalConnect (Signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (Proc) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ for r := 0 to count-1 do
|
|
|
|
|
+ Items[r].SignalConnect (Signal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkItemGroup.create (AnItemClass:TFPgtkItemClass);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FItemClass := AnItemClass;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkItemGroup.AddTextItem (aText:string) : TFPgtkItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FItemClass.CreateWithLabel (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Add (result);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkMenuItem }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkMenuItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_menu_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.ConnectActivate (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.ConnectAfterActivate (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.ConnectActivateItem (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgActivateItem, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.ConnectAfterActivateItem (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgActivateItem, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.Activate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_item_activate (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetSubMenu (aSubMenu:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_item_Set_submenu (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aSubMenu)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.RemoveSubMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.Configure (ShowToggleIndicator:boolean; ShowSubmenuIndicator:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_item_configure (TheGtkObject, ord(ShowToggleIndicator), ord(ShowSubmenuIndicator));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.RightJustify;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_item_right_justify (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetPlacement : TGtkSubmenuPlacement;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TGtkSubmenuPlacement(submenu_placement(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetPlacement (TheValue:TGtkSubmenuPlacement);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_item_set_placement(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetToggleIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.show_toggle_indicator(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetToggleIndicator (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ Configure (TheValue, SubMenuIndicator);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetSubMenuIndicator : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.show_submenu_indicator(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetSubMenuIndicator (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ configure (ToggleIndicator, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetJustifyRight : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.right_justify(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetJustifyRight (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk.Set_right_justify(TheGtkObject^,guint(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.GetSubMenu : TFPgtkMenuShell;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.submenu),tfpgtkmenushell) as tfpgtkmenushell;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.SetPropSubMenu (TheValue:TFPgtkMenuShell);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetSubMenu (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuItem.LabelClass : TFPgtkLabelClass;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkAccelLabel;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuItem.LabelCreated;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ with (TheLabel as TFPgtkAccelLabel) do
|
|
|
|
|
+ AccelWidget := Self;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkCheckMenuItem }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkCheckMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkCheckMenuItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_check_menu_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.ConnectToggled (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgToggled, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.ConnectAfterToggled (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgToggled, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.Toggled;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_check_menu_item_toggled (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.GetActive : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.active(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.SetActive (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_check_menu_item_set_active(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.GetShowToggle : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.always_show_toggle(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCheckMenuItem.SetShowToggle (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_check_menu_item_set_show_toggle(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkRadioMenuItem }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioMenuItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkRadioMenuItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRadioMenuItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if not assigned(FGroup) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup := TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkWidget := gtk_radio_menu_item_new (FGroup.GtkSList);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup.GtkSList := gtk_radio_menu_item_group (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkRadioMenuItem.Create (AGroup:TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup := AGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkRadioMenuItem.CreateWithLabel (Agroup:TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup; aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGroup := Agroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited CreateWithLabel (aText);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.GetItem (index:integer) : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkRadioMenuItem(Inherited items[index]);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.SetItem (index:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkRadioMenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited items[index] := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.ActiveMenuText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ActiveMenu.Text;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.ActiveMenuIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ Result := pred(count);
|
|
|
|
|
+ while (Result >= 0) and (not items[Result].Active) do
|
|
|
|
|
+ dec (Result);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.ActiveMenu : TFPgtkRadioMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := ActiveMenuIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := items[r]
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkRadioMenuGroup.create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create (TFPgtkRadioMenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkTearOffMenuItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkTearOffMenuItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTearOffMenuItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkListItem }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkListItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkListItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkListItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_list_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure ScrollSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; position:gfloat; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, ScrollType, position, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ScrollSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ScrollSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ScrollSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ScrollSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure ScrollBooleanSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; ScrolType:TgtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, ScrolType, Position, AutoStartSelection, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ScrollBooleanSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ScrollBooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ScrollBooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgToggleFocusRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggleFocusRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgSelectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgUnselectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgUnselectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgUndoSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgUndoSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectStartSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgStartSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterStartSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgStartSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectEndSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgEndSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterEndSelection (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgEndSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgToggleAddMode, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggleAddMode, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ScrollBooleanSignalConnect (sgExtendSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (sgExtendSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ScrollSignalConnect (sgScrollVertical, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ScrollSignalConnectAfter (sgScrollVertical, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectScrollHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ScrollSignalConnect (sgScrollHorizontal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkListItem.ConnectAfterScrollHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ScrollSignalConnectAfter (sgScrollHorizontal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkListItem.Select;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_item_select (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkListItem.Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_item_deselect (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkListItemGroup }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkListItemGroup.create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create (TFPgtkListItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+ ManageLists := false;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkTreeItem }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTreeItem.TheGtkObject : PGtkTreeItem;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkTreeItem(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tree_item_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTreeItem.GetSubTree : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_tree_item_subtree(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.SetSubTree (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(TheValue) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_item_set_subtree (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_item_remove_subtree (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTreeItem.GetPixPlus : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.plus_pix_widget),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTreeItem.GetPixMinus : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.minus_pix_widget),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTreeItem.GetExpanded : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.expanded(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.SetExpanded (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Expand
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ collapse;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.Select;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_item_select (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.Deselect;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_item_deselect (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.Expand;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_item_expand (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTreeItem.Collapse;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_item_collapse (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTreeItem.ConnectCollapse (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgCollapse, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTreeItem.ConnectAfterCollapse (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCollapse, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTreeItem.ConnectExpand (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgExpand, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTreeItem.ConnectAfterExpand (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgExpand, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkWindow }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.TheGtkObject : PGtkWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkWindow(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_window_new (TheWindowType));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkWindow.Create (AType:TGtkWindowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheWindowType := AType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAccelGroups := TList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FMainLevel := NoMainLevel;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+destructor TFPgtkWindow.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAccelGroups.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.GetWindowType : TGtkWindowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.thetype;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetWindowType (TheValue:TGtkWindowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkObject^.thetype := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.GetTitle : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.title;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetTitle (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_set_title(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.GetModal : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.modal(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetModal (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_set_modal(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.DoDialogResult (Action:integer; Sender:TFPgtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (OnDialogResult) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ OnDialogResult (self, FDialogResult, Action, Sender);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.DoDialogInit (InitData:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (OnDialogInit) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ OnDialogInit (self, InitData);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FDialogResult := InitData;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.Close;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if (FDestroying = dsAlive) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_destroy (TheGtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.CloseWindow (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ Close;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.CloseWithResult (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ModalAction := pointertoint(data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetModalAction (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FModalAction := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue <> 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ DoDialogResult (FModalAction, self);
|
|
|
|
|
+ close;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.ExecuteEnds (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if gtk_main_level = FMainLevel then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_main_quit;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.Execute (anOnDialogInit:DialogInitCallBack; anInitData:pointer; anOnDialogResult:DialogResultCallBack) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FModalAction := drNone;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (anOnDialogInit) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ OnDialogInit := anOnDialogInit;
|
|
|
|
|
+ DoDialogInit (anInitData);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (anOnDialogResult) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ OnDialogResult := anOnDialogResult;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConnectDestroy (@ExecuteEnds, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Modal := True;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FMainLevel := gtk_main_level + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
+ try
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_main;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FModalAction;
|
|
|
|
|
+ finally
|
|
|
|
|
+ FMainLevel := NoMainLevel;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.ConnectSetFocus (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgSetFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.ConnectAfterSetFocus (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgSetFocus, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetTransientFor (aParent:TFPgtkWindow);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_set_transient_for (TheGtkObject, PGtkwindow(ConvertToGtkObject(aParent)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.DefaultWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_set_default (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.FocusedWidget (NewFocus:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_set_focus (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(NewFocus)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.GetUserSizable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := (allow_grow(TheGtkObject^)=1) and (auto_shrink(TheGtkObject^)=0);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetUserSizable (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if TheValue then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, gint(FALSE), gint(TRUE), gint(FALSE))
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, gint(FALSE), gint(FALSE), gint(TRUE));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.ActivateFocus;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_activate_focus (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.ActivateDefault;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_activate_default (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetDefaultSize (Width:gint; Height:gint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_set_default_size (TheGtkObject, Width, Height);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.GetPosition : TGtkWindowPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TGtkWindowPosition (gtk.position (TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.SetPosition (TheValue:TGtkWindowPosition);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_set_position(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.GetAccelGroups (ID:integer) : PGtkAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FAccelGroups[ID];
|
|
|
|
|
+ if result = nil then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FAccelGroups[-1];
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupNew : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+var ag : Pgtkaccelgroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FAccelGroups.Count;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ag := gtk_accel_group_new;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAccelGroups.Add (ag);
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_window_add_accel_group (TheGtkObject, ag);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupDelete (ID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_group_detach (FAccelGroups[ID], FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAccelGroups[ID] := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.AcceleratorAdd (AG:integer; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; acFlags:TGtkAccelFlags); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_add_accelerator (ConvertToGtkWidget(aWidget), pgchar(aSignal),
|
|
|
|
|
+ AccelGroups[AG], Key, Mods, acFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AcceleratorAdd (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; aSignal:string; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType; Flags:TGtkAccelFlags);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_add_accelerator (ConvertToGtkWidget(aWidget), pgchar(aSignal),
|
|
|
|
|
+ AG, Key, Mods, Flags);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.AcceleratorRemove (AG:integer; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (ConvertToGtkWidget(aWidget), AccelGroups[AG], Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AcceleratorRemove (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (ConvertToGtkWidget(aWidget), AG, Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupLock (AG:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_group_lock (AccelGroups[AG]);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AccelGroupLock (AG:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_group_lock (AG);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupUnlock (AG:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_group_unlock (AccelGroups[AG]);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AccelGroupUnlock (AG:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_group_unlock (AG);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function AccelKeyName (Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := string (gtk_accelerator_name(Key, Mods));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AccelKeyParse (AccelName:string; var Key:guint; var Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
+var k : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+ m : TGdkModifierType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accelerator_parse (pgchar(AccelName), @k, @m);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Key := k;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Mods := m;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkWindow.AccelGroupActivate (AG:integer; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_group_activate (AccelGroups[AG], Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure AccelGroupActivate (AG:PGtkAccelGroup; Key:guint; Mods:TGdkModifierType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_accel_group_activate (AG, Key, Mods);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.TheGtkObject : PGtkColorSelectionDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkColorSelectionDialog(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_color_selection_dialog_new (''));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.GetColorSel : TFPgtkColorSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.Colorsel),tfpgtkcolorselection) as tfpgtkcolorselection;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.GetButtonOK : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.ok_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.GetButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.cancel_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkColorSelectionDialog.GetButtonHelp : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.help_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkDialog }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkDialog.TheGtkObject : PGtkDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkDialog(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkDialog.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_dialog_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkDialog.GetActionArea : TFPgtkHBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.action_area),tfpgtkhbox) as tfpgtkhbox;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkDialog.GetVBox : TFPgtkVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.vbox),tfpgtkvbox) as tfpgtkvbox;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkDialog.create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create (gtk_window_dialog);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkInputDialog }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkInputDialog.TheGtkObject : PGtkInputDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkInputDialog(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkInputDialog.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_input_dialog_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkInputDialog.GetButtonClose : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.close_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkInputDialog.GetButtonSave : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.save_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure DeviceSignalproc (Sender:PGtkinputdialog; DeviceID:integer; Data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkInputDialog, DeviceID, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkInputDialog.DeviceSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DeviceSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkInputDialog.DeviceSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DeviceSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkInputDialog.ConnectEnableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DeviceSignalConnect (sgEnableDevice, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkInputDialog.ConnectAfterEnableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DeviceSignalConnectAfter (sgEnableDevice, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkInputDialog.ConnectDisableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DeviceSignalConnect (sgDisableDevice, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkInputDialog.ConnectAfterDisableDevice (proc:TFPgtkDeviceSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DeviceSignalConnectAfter (sgDisableDevice, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkFileSelection }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.TheGtkObject : PGtkFileSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkFileSelection(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_file_selection_new ('Select a file'));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFilename : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_file_selection_get_filename(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.SetFilename (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_file_selection_set_filename(TheGtkObject,Pgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.Complete (Pattern:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_file_selection_complete (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(Pattern));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.ShowFileOpButtons;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_file_selection_show_fileop_buttons (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFileSelection.HideFileOpButtons;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetDirList : TFPgtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.dir_list),tfpgtkclist) as tfpgtkclist;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileList : TFPgtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.file_list),tfpgtkclist) as tfpgtkclist;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetOkButton : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.ok_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetCancelButton : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.cancel_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetHistoryPulldown : TFPgtkOptionMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.history_pulldown),tfpgtkoptionmenu) as tfpgtkoptionmenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileOpDialog : TFPgtkDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fileop_dialog),tfpgtkdialog) as tfpgtkdialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileOpCreateDir : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fileop_c_dir),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileOpDelFile : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fileop_del_file),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFileSelection.GetFileOpRenFile : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fileop_ren_file),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.TheGtkObject : PGtkFontSelectionDialog;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkFontSelectionDialog(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_font_selection_dialog_new (''));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.GetFontSel : TFPgtkFontSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.fontsel),tfpgtkfontselection) as tfpgtkfontselection;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.GetButtonOk : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.ok_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.GetButtonApply : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.apply_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFontSelectionDialog.GetButtonCancel : TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.cancel_button),tfpgtkbutton) as tfpgtkbutton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkEventBox }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEventBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkEventBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkEventBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEventBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_event_box_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkHandleBox }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHandleBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkHandleBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkHandleBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHandleBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_handle_box_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHandleBox.GetShadowType : TGtkShadowtype;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHandleBox.SetShadowType (TheValue:TGtkShadowtype);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_handle_box_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHandleBox.GetHandlePosition : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TGtkPositionType (gtk.handle_position(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHandleBox.SetHandlePosition (TheValue:TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_handle_box_set_handle_position(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHandleBox.GetSnapEdge : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TGtkPositionType (gtk.snap_edge(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHandleBox.SetSnapEdge (TheValue:TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHandleBox.GetChildDetached : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.child_detached(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHandleBox.ConnectChildAttached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgChildAttached, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHandleBox.ConnectAfterChildAttached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgChildAttached, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHandleBox.ConnectChildDetached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgChildDetached, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHandleBox.ConnectAfterChildDetached (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgChildDetached, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkScrolledWindow }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.TheGtkObject : PGtkScrolledWindow;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkScrolledWindow(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+var h, v : PgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FHScroll) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ h := PGtkAdjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(FHScroll))
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ h := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FVScroll) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ v := PGtkAdjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(FVScroll))
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ v := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject (gtk_scrolled_window_new (h, v));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkScrolledWindow.Create (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FVScroll := vadj;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FHScroll := hadj;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ setusize (200,170);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetHPolicy : TGtkPolicyType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.hscrollbar_policy(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetHPolicy (TheValue:TGtkPolicyType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, TheValue, VPolicy);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetVPolicy : TGtkPolicyType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.vscrollbar_policy(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetVPolicy (TheValue:TGtkPolicyType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, HPolicy, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetPolicy (aHScrollBar:TGtkPolicyType; aVScrollbar:TGtkPolicyType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy (TheGtkObject, aHScrollBar, aVScrollbar);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetPolicy (aPolicy:TGtkPolicyType); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetPolicy (aPolicy, aPolicy);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetHAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scrolled_window_set_hadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetVAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scrolled_window_set_vadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.AddWithViewport (aChild:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(aChild));
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkViewport.createFromObject (PGtkObject(PGtkBin(TheGtkObject)^.child));
|
|
|
|
|
+ aChild.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetPlacement : TGtkCornerType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.window_placement(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.SetPlacement (TheValue:TGtkCornerType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetHScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+var w : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtkwidg : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtkwidg := PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.hscrollbar);
|
|
|
|
|
+ w := GetPascalInstance (gtkwidg);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := (w as TFPgtkScrollbar)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkHScrollbar.CreateFromObject (gtkwidg);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScrolledWindow.GetVScrollbar : TFPgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+var w : TFPgtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtkwidg : PGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtkwidg := PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.vscrollbar);
|
|
|
|
|
+ w := GetPascalInstance (gtkwidg);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := (w as TFPgtkScrollbar)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TFPgtkVScrollbar.CreateFromObject (gtkwidg);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScrolledWindow.UpdatePolicy (UpdPolicy:TGtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
+var sb : TFpgtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ sb := HScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(sb) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ sb.UpdatePolicy := UpdPolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
+ sb := VScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(sb) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ sb.UpdatePolicy := UpdPolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkViewport }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkViewport.TheGtkObject : PGtkViewport;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkViewport(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkViewport.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+var h, v : PgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FHScroll) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ h := PGtkAdjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(FHScroll))
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ h := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FVScroll) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ v := PGtkAdjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(FVScroll))
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ v := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject (gtk_scrolled_window_new (h, v));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkViewport.Create (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FVScroll := vadj;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FHScroll := hadj;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkViewport.GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_viewport_get_hadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkViewport.SetHAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_viewport_set_hadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkViewport.GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_viewport_get_vadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkViewport.SetVAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_viewport_set_vadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkViewport.GetShadowType : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkViewport.SetShadowType (TheValue:TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkBox }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkBox.GetHomogeneous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.homogeneous(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.SetHomogeneous (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Box_set_homogeneous(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkBox.GetSpacing : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.SetSpacing (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Box_set_spacing(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.ReorderChild (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Box_reorder_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), Position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.GetChildPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var Expand:boolean; var Fill:boolean; var Padding:integer; var PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+var PT : PGtkPackType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ pt := @PackType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_box_query_child_packing (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget),
|
|
|
|
|
+ @expand, @fill, @padding, pt);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.SetChildPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Expand:boolean; Fill:boolean; Padding:integer; PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Box_set_child_packing (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), Expand, Fill, Padding, PackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_box_pack_start_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_box_pack_start_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_box_pack_start (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), expand, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.PackStart (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_box_pack_start (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), expand, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_box_pack_end_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_box_pack_end_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_box_pack_end (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), expand, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkBox.PackEnd (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; expand:boolean; fill:boolean; padding:integer; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_box_pack_end (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), expand, fill, padding);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkButtonBox }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButtonBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkButtonBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure SetButtonBoxDefaultSize (aMinWidth:integer; aMinHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_set_child_size_default (aMinWidth, aMinheight);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure GetButtonBoxDefaultSize (var aMinWidth:integer; var aMinHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_get_child_size_default (@aMinWidth, @aMinheight);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure SetButtonBoxDefaultPadding (aIPadX:integer; aIPadY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_set_child_size_default (aIPadX, aIPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure GetButtonBoxDefaultPadding (var aIPadX:integer; var aIPadY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_get_child_size_default (@aIPadX, @aIPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetSpacing : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_button_box_get_spacing(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetSpacing (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_set_spacing(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetLayout : TGtkButtonBoxStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_button_box_get_layout(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetLayout (TheValue:TGtkButtonBoxStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_set_layout(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetMinWidth : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+var x, y : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_get_child_size (TheGtkObject, @x, @y);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := x;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetMinWidth (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_set_child_size (TheGtkObject, TheValue, ChildMinHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetMinHeight : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+var x, y : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_get_child_size (TheGtkObject, @x, @y);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := y;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetMinHeight (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_set_child_size (TheGtkObject, ChildMinWidth, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetChildPadX : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+var x, y : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_get_child_ipadding (TheGtkObject, @x, @y);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := x;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetChildPadX (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_set_child_ipadding (TheGtkObject, TheValue, ChildPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkButtonBox.GetChildPadY : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+var x, y : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_get_child_ipadding (TheGtkObject, @x, @y);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := y;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkButtonBox.SetChildPadY (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_button_box_set_child_ipadding (TheGtkObject, ChildPadX, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkHButtonBox }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHButtonBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkHButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkHButtonBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHButtonBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_hbutton_box_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkVButtonBox }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkVButtonBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkVButtonBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkVButtonBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkVButtonBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_vbutton_box_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkVBox }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkVBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkVBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkVBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkVBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_VBox_new (False, 1));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkColorSelection }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkColorSelection.TheGtkObject : PGtkColorSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkColorSelection(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkColorSelection.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_color_selection_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkColorSelection.GetUpdatePolicy : TGtkUpdateType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.policy;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkColorSelection.SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue:TGtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_color_selection_set_update_policy(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkColorSelection.GetColor : double;
|
|
|
|
|
+var c : double;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_color_selection_get_color (TheGtkObject, @c);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := c;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkColorSelection.SetColor (TheValue:double);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_color_selection_set_color (TheGtkObject, @TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkColorSelection.GetUseOpacity : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(TheGtkObject^.use_opacity);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkColorSelection.SetUseOpacity (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_color_selection_set_opacity(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkGammaCurve }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkGammaCurve.TheGtkObject : PGtkGammaCurve;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkGammaCurve(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkGammaCurve.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_gamma_curve_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkHBox }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHBox.TheGtkObject : PGtkHBox;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkHBox(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHBox.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_HBox_new (False, 1));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkCombo }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCombo.TheGtkObject : PGtkCombo;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkCombo(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCombo.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_combo_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCombo.GetEntry : TFPgtkEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.entry), TFPgtkEntry) as tfpgtkentry;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCombo.GetList : TFPgtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.list), TFPgtkList) as TFPgtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCombo.GetButton : TFpGtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.button), TFPgtkButton) as TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCombo.GetValueInList : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(gtk.value_in_list(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetValueInListProp (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (TheGtkObject, gint(TheValue), gint(OkIfEmpty));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCombo.GetOkIfEmpty : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(gtk.ok_if_empty(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetOkIfEmpty (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (TheGtkObject, gint(ValueInList), gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCombo.GetUseArrows : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(gtk.use_arrows(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetUseArrows (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_combo_set_use_arrows(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCombo.GetUseArrowsAlways : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(gtk.use_arrows_always(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetUseArrowsAlways (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_combo_set_use_arrows_always(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCombo.GetCaseSensitive : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(gtk.case_sensitive(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetCaseSensitive (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_combo_set_case_sensitive(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetItemString (Item:TFPgtkItem; ItemValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_combo_set_item_string (TheGtkObject, PGtkitem(ConvertToGtkObject(Item)), ConvertToPgchar(ItemValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCombo.DisableActivate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_combo_disable_activate (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCombo.SetValueInList (Val:longbool; IsOkIfEmpty:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (TheGtkObject, gint(Val), gint(IsOkIfEmpty));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkStatusbar }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkStatusbar.TheGtkObject : PGtkStatusbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkStatusbar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkStatusbar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_statusbar_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkStatusbar.GetContextID (ContextDescr:string) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_statusbar_get_context_id (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(ContextDescr));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkStatusbar.Push (contextID:integer; text:string) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_statusbar_push (TheGtkObject, contextID, ConvertToPgchar(text));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkStatusbar.Pop (contextID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_statusbar_pop (TheGtkObject, contextID);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkStatusbar.Remove (contextID:integer; MessageID:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_statusbar_remove (TheGtkObject, contextID, MessageID);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure StatusbarSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; contextID:integer; text:pgChar; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, contextID, text, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkStatusbar.StatusbarSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@StatusbarSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkStatusbar.StatusbarSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@StatusbarSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkStatusbar.ConnectTextPopped (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := StatusbarSignalConnect (sgTextPopped, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkStatusbar.ConnectAfterTextPopped (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := StatusbarSignalConnectAfter (sgTextPopped, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkStatusbar.ConnectTextPushed (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := StatusbarSignalConnect (sgTextPushed, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkStatusbar.ConnectAfterTextPushed (proc:TFPgtkStatusbarSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := StatusbarSignalConnectAfter (sgTextPushed, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkCList }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.TheGtkObject : PGtkCList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkCList(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_clist_new (FColumnCount));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkCList.Create (aColumnCount:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FColumnCount := aColumnCount;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetShadowType (TheValue:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.selection_mode;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetSelectionMode (TheValue:TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_selection_mode(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_freeze (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_thaw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.ShowTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_Column_titles_show (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.HideTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_column_titles_hide (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.ActiveTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_column_titles_active (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.PassiveTitles;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_column_titles_passive (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.ActiveTitle (column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_column_title_active (TheGtkObject, column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.PassiveTitle (column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_column_title_passive (TheGtkObject, column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetColumnTitle (column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_clist_get_column_title(TheGtkObject,column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnTitle (column:integer; TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_column_title(TheGtkObject,column,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetColumnWidget (column:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_clist_get_column_widget(TheGtkObject,column)),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnWidget (column:integer; TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_column_widget(TheGtkObject,column,PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnJustification (column:integer; justification:TGtkJustification);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_column_justification (TheGtkObject, column, justification);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnVisibility (column:integer; aVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_column_visibility (TheGtkObject, column, aVisible);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnResizeable (column:integer; Resizeable:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_column_resizeable (TheGtkObject, column, Resizeable);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnAutoResize (column:integer; autoResize:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_column_auto_resize (TheGtkObject, column, autoResize);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.OptimalColumnWidth (column:integer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_clist_optimal_column_width (TheGtkObject, column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnWidth (column:integer; width:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_column_width (TheGtkObject, column, width);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnMinWidth (column:integer; MinWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_column_min_width (TheGtkObject, column, MinWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetColumnMaxWidth (column:integer; MaxWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_column_max_width (TheGtkObject, column, MaxWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.AutoSizeColumns : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_clist_columns_autosize (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.ConfigureColumnWidth (column:integer; Width:integer; MinWidth:integer; MaxWidth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetColumnWidth (column, Width);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetColumnMaxWidth (column, MaxWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetColumnMinWidth (column, MinWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.ConfigureColumn (column:integer; Justification:TGtkJustification; Visibility:boolean; Resizeable:boolean; AutoSize:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetColumnJustification (column, Justification);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetColumnVisibility (column, Visibility);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetColumnResizeable (column, Resizeable);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetColumnAutoResize (column, AutoSize);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetRowHeight (height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_row_height (TheGtkObject, height);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.MoveTo (row:integer; column:integer; RowAlign:gfloat; ColAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_moveto (TheGtkObject, row, column, RowAlign, ColAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.RowIsVisible (Row:integer) : TGtkVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_clist_row_is_visible (TheGtkObject, Row);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetCellType (Row:integer; column:integer) : TGtkCellType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_clist_get_cell_type (TheGtkObject, Row, column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetCellText (Row:integer; Column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+var s : pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := gtk_clist_get_text (TheGtkObject, row, column, @s);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if (r = 0) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ''
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := string(s^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetCellText (Row:integer; Column:integer; TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_text(TheGtkObject,Row, Column,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetPixmap (row:integer; column:integer; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_pixmap (TheGtkObject, row, column, pixmap, mask);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.GetPixmap (row:integer; column:integer; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_get_pixmap (TheGtkObject, row, column, @pixmap, @mask);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetPixText (row:integer; column:integer; text:string; spacing:guint8; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_pixtext (TheGtkObject, row, column, ConvertToPgchar(text), spacing, pixmap, mask);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.GetPixText (row:integer; column:integer; var text:string; var aspacing:guint8; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ s : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ s := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := gtk_clist_get_pixtext (TheGtkObject, row, column, s, @aspacing, @pixmap, @mask);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ text := '';
|
|
|
|
|
+ pixmap := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ mask := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ text := string (s^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetForeground (row:integer; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_foreground (TheGtkObject, row, color);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetBackground (row:integer; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_background (TheGtkObject, row, color);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetCellStyle (row:integer; column:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_clist_get_cell_style(TheGtkObject,row, column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetCellStyle (row:integer; column:integer; TheValue:PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_cell_style(TheGtkObject,row, column,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetRowStyle (row:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_clist_get_row_style(TheGtkObject,row);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetRowStyle (row:integer; TheValue:PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_row_style(TheGtkObject,row,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetShift (row:integer; column:integer; vertical:integer; horizontal:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_shift (TheGtkObject, row, column, vertical, horizontal);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Remove (row:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_remove (TheGtkObject, row);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Prepend (Data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := StringsToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_prepend (TheGtkObject, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Prepend (Text:string; separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+ s : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ try
|
|
|
|
|
+ if pos('"',separator) = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ s := stringreplace (Text, '"', '""', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if separator <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
+ s := stringreplace(Text, separator, '","', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.CommaText := '"'+s+'"';
|
|
|
|
|
+ Prepend (l);
|
|
|
|
|
+ finally
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Prepend (data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_prepend (TheGtkObject, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Append (data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := StringsToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_append (TheGtkObject, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Append (Text:string; Separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+ s : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ try
|
|
|
|
|
+ if pos('"',separator) = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ s := stringreplace (Text, '"', '""', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if separator <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
+ s := stringreplace(Text, separator, '","', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.CommaText := '"' + s + '"';
|
|
|
|
|
+ Append (l);
|
|
|
|
|
+ finally
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Append (data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_append (TheGtkObject, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Insert (row:integer; data:TStrings); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := StringsToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_insert (TheGtkObject, row, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * data.count);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Insert (row:integer; Text:string; Separator:string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var l : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+ s : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ l := TStringList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ try
|
|
|
|
|
+ if pos('"',separator) = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ s := stringreplace (Text, '"', '""', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if separator <> '' then
|
|
|
|
|
+ s := stringreplace(Text, separator, '","', [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.CommaText := '"' + s + '"';
|
|
|
|
|
+ Insert (row, l);
|
|
|
|
|
+ finally
|
|
|
|
|
+ l.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Insert (row:integer; data:array of string); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var ppdata : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppdata := ArrayToPPgchar (Data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_insert (TheGtkObject, row, ppdata);
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetRowData (row:integer) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_clist_get_row_data(TheGtkObject,row);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetRowData (row:integer; TheValue:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_row_data(TheGtkObject,row,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.FindRowFromData (data:pointer) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_clist_find_row_from_data (TheGtkObject, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SelectRow (row:integer; column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_select_row (TheGtkObject, row, column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.UnselectRow (row:integer; column:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_unselect_row (TheGtkObject, row, column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_clear (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SelectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_select_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.UnselectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_unselect_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SwapRows (row1:integer; row2:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_swap_rows (TheGtkObject, row1, row2);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.RowMove (sourceRow:integer; destRow:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if sourceRow = DestRow then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Exit;
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_row_move (TheGtkObject, sourceRow, destRow);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.Sort;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_sort (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetCompareFunc (TheValue:TGtkCListCompareFunc);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_Compare_func(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetSortColumn : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.sort_column;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetSortColumn (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_sort_column(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetSetSortType : TGtkSortType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.sort_type;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetSetSortType (TheValue:TGtkSortType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_sort_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetAutoSort (autoSort:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_auto_sort (TheGtkObject, autoSort);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_clist_get_hadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetHAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_hadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_clist_get_vadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetVAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_vadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCList.SetReorderable (reorderable:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_clist_set_reorderable (TheGtkObject, reorderable);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.Count : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.rows;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure CListScrollSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; position:gfloat; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, ScrollType, position, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.CListScrollSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@CListScrollSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.CListScrollSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@CListScrollSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure CListScrollBooleanSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; ScrollType:TgtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, ScrollType, Position, AutoStartSelection, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.CListScrollBooleanSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@CListScrollBooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.CListScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@CListScrollBooleanSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure SelectRowSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; row:integer; column:integer; event:PGdkEventButton; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, row, column, event, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.SelectRowSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@SelectRowSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.SelectRowSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@SelectRowSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectSelectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SelectRowSignalConnect (sgSelectRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterSelectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SelectRowSignalConnectAfter (sgSelectRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectUnselectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SelectRowSignalConnect (sgUnselectRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterUnselectRow (proc:TFPgtkSelectRowSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SelectRowSignalConnectAfter (sgUnselectRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure MoveSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; arg1:integer; arg2:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, arg1, arg2, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.MoveSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.MoveSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectRowMove (proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveSignalConnect (sgRowMove, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterRowMove (proc:TFPgtkMoveSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveSignalConnectAfter (sgRowMove, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CListScrollSignalConnect (sgScrollVertical, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterScrollVertical (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CListScrollSignalConnectAfter (sgScrollVertical, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectScrolHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CListScrollSignalConnect (sgScrolHorizontal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterScrolHorizontal (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CListScrollSignalConnectAfter (sgScrolHorizontal, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgToggleFocusRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterToggleFocusRow (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgToggleFocusRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgSelectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterSelectAll (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgUnselectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterUnselectAll (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgUnselectAll, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgUndoSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterUndoSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgUndoSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectStartSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgStartSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterStartSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgStartSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectEndSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgEndSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterEndSelection (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgEndSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgToggleAddMode, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterToggleAddMode (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgToggleAddMode, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAbortColumnResize (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgAbortColumnResize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterAbortColumnResize (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgAbortColumnResize, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CListScrollBooleanSignalConnect (sgExtendSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterExtendSelection (proc:TFPgtkCListScrollBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := CListScrollBooleanSignalConnectAfter (sgExtendSelection, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure ColumnClickedSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; column:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, column, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ColumnClickedSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ColumnClickedSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ColumnClickedSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ColumnClickedSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectClickColumn (proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ColumnClickedSignalConnect (sgClickColumn, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterClickColumn (proc:TFPgtkColumnClickedSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ColumnClickedSignalConnectAfter (sgClickColumn, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure ResizeColumnSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; column:integer; width:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, column, width, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ResizeColumnSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ResizeColumnSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ResizeColumnSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@ResizeColumnSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectResizeColumn (proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ResizeColumnSignalConnect (sgResizeColumn, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCList.ConnectAfterResizeColumn (proc:TFPgtkResizeColumnSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ResizeColumnSignalConnectAfter (sgResizeColumn, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkCTree }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.TheGtkObject : PGtkCTree;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkCTree(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetLineStyle : TGtkCTreeLineStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TGtkCTreeLineStyle(gtk.line_style(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetLineStyle (TheValue:TGtkCTreeLineStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_set_line_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetShowStub : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.show_stub(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetShowStub (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_set_show_stub(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetExpanderStyle : TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle(gtk.expander_style(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetExpanderStyle (TheValue:TGtkCTreeExpanderStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_set_expander_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetSpacing : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.tree_spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetSpacing (TheValue:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_set_spacing(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetIndent : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.tree_indent;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetIndent (TheValue:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_set_indent(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetTreeColumn : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.tree_column;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkCTree.Create (aColumnCount:integer; aTreeColumn:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FTreeColumn := aTreeColumn;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited Create (aColumnCount);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.RemoveNode (node:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_remove_node (TheGtkObject, node);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.InsertNode (aParent:PGtkCTreeNode; Sibling:PGtkCTreeNode; data:string; aSpacing:guint8; PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean) : PGtkCTreeNode; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_insert_node (TheGtkObject, aParent, Sibling, ConvertToPgchar(data), aSpacing, PixmapClosed, MaskClosed, PixmapOpened, MaskOpened, IsLeaf, Expanded);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.InsertNode (aParent:PGtkCTreeNode; Sibling:PGtkCTreeNode; data:string; aSpacing:guint8; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean) : PGtkCTreeNode; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := InsertNode (aParent, Sibling, data, aSpacing, nil, nil, nil, nil, IsLeaf, Expanded);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure FPgtkCTreeFunc (Tree:PGtkCTree; Node:PGtkCTreeNode; data:pointer); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkCTreeFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkCTreeFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TFPgtkCTree(GetPascalInstance(PgtkObject(Tree))), Node, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.PostRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_CTree_post_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode, @FPgtkCTreeFunc,
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.PostRecursiveToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_CTree_post_recursive_to_depth (TheGtkObject, aNode, aDepth, @FPgtkCTreeFunc,
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.PreRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_CTree_pre_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode, @FPgtkCTreeFunc,
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.PreRecursiveToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer; func:TFPgtkCTreeFunction; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_CTree_pre_recursive_to_depth (TheGtkObject, aNode, aDepth, @FPgtkCTreeFunc,
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.IsViewable (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_is_viewable (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.LastChild (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_last (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.IsChild (anAncestor:PGtkCTreeNode; aChild:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_find (TheGtkObject, anAncestor, aChild);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.IsAncestor (anAncestor:PGtkCTreeNode; aChild:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_is_ancestor (TheGtkObject, anAncestor, aChild);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.IsHotSpot (X:integer; Y:integer) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_is_hot_spot (TheGtkObject, X, Y);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.MoveNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; NewParent:PGtkCTreeNode; NewSibling:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_move (TheGtkObject, aNode, NewParent, NewSibling);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.Expand (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_expand (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.ExpandRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_expand_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.ExpandToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_expand_to_depth (TheGtkObject, aNode, aDepth);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.Collapse (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_collapse (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.CollapseRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_collapse_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.CollapseToDepth (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aDepth:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_collapse_to_depth (TheGtkObject, aNode, aDepth);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SelectNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_select (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SelectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_select_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.UnselectNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_unselect (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.UnselectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_unselect_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.RealSelectRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aState:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_real_select_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode, ord(aState));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.NodeGetCellType (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer) : TGtkCellType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_node_get_cell_type (TheGtkObject, Node, column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeCellText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+var s : pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := gtk_ctree_node_get_text (TheGtkObject, node, column, @s);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if (r = 0) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ''
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := string(s^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeCellText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; Column:integer; TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_text(TheGtkObject,Node, Column,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetPixmap (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_pixmap (TheGtkObject, Node, column, pixmap, mask);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeGetPixmap (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_get_pixmap (TheGtkObject, node, column, @pixmap, @mask);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetPixText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; text:string; aspacing:guint8; pixmap:PGdkPixmap; mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_pixtext (TheGtkObject, Node, column, ConvertToPgchar(text), aspacing, pixmap, mask);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeGetPixText (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; var text:string; var aspacing:guint8; var pixmap:PGdkPixmap; var mask:PGdkBitmap);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ s : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ s := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := gtk_ctree_node_get_pixtext (TheGtkObject, node, column, s, @aspacing, @pixmap, @mask);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ text := '';
|
|
|
|
|
+ pixmap := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ mask := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ text := string (s^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeInfo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; aText:string; aSpacing:guint8; PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; IsLeaf:boolean; Expanded:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_set_node_info (TheGtkObject, aNode, ConvertToPgchar(aText), aSpacing, PixmapClosed, MaskClosed, PixmapOpened, MaskOpened, IsLeaf, Expanded);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeInfo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; var aText:string; var aSpacing:guint8; var PixmapClosed:PGdkPixmap; var MaskClosed:PGdkBitmap; var PixmapOpened:PGdkPixmap; var MaskOpened:PGdkBitmap; var IsLeaf:boolean; var Expanded:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+ s : PPgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ s := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := gtk_ctree_get_node_info (TheGtkObject, aNode, s,
|
|
|
|
|
+ @aspacing, @pixmapClosed, @maskClosed, @pixmapOpened, @maskOpened,
|
|
|
|
|
+ @IsLeaf, @expanded);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r = 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ atext := '';
|
|
|
|
|
+ Spacing := 0;
|
|
|
|
|
+ pixmapClosed := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ maskClosed := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ pixmapOpened := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ maskOpened := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ IsLeaf := false;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Expanded := false;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ atext := string (s^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetShift (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; vertical:integer; horizontal:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_shift (TheGtkObject, Node, column, vertical, horizontal);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeSelectable (Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_node_get_selectable(TheGtkObject,Node);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeSelectable (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_selectable(TheGtkObject,Node,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetForeground (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_foreground (TheGtkObject, Node, color);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeSetBackground (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; color:PGdkColor);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_background (TheGtkObject, Node, color);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeCellStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_node_get_cell_style(TheGtkObject,Node, column);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeCellStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; TheValue:PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_cell_style(TheGtkObject,Node, column,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeRowStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : PGtkStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_node_get_row_style(TheGtkObject,Node);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeRowStyle (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue:PGtkStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_row_style(TheGtkObject,Node,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetNodeData (Node:PGtkCTreeNode) : pointer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_node_get_row_data(TheGtkObject,Node);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetNodeData (Node:PGtkCTreeNode; TheValue:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_set_row_data(TheGtkObject,Node,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.NodeMoveTo (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode; column:integer; RowAlign:gfloat; ColAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_node_moveto (TheGtkObject, aNode, column, RowAlign, ColAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.IsVisible (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode) : TGtkVisibility;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_node_is_visible (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.GetCompareDragFunc : TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.drag_compare;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SetCompareDragFunc (TheValue:TGtkCTreeCompareDragFunc);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_set_drag_compare_func(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SortNode (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_sort_node (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCTree.SortRecursive (aNode:PGtkCTreeNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ctree_sort_recursive (TheGtkObject, aNode);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCTree.NthNode (Row:integer) : PGtkCTreeNode;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_ctree_node_Nth (TheGtkObject, Row);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkFixed }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFixed.TheGtkObject : PGtkFixed;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkFixed(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFixed.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_fixed_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFixed.Put (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_fixed_put (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFixed.Move (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; x:integer; y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_fixed_move (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), x, y);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFixed.GetPos (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var PosX:integer; var PosY:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+var g : TFPgtkGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+ r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ g := TFPgtkGroup.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ try
|
|
|
|
|
+ g.ManageLists := false;
|
|
|
|
|
+ g.gtkList := TheGtkObject^.children;
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := g.indexof (Widget);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r < 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ PosX := -1;
|
|
|
|
|
+ PosY := -1;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ with PGtkFixedChild(g.Items[r])^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ PosX := x;
|
|
|
|
|
+ PosY := Y;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ finally
|
|
|
|
|
+ g.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkNotebook }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.TheGtkObject : PGtkNotebook;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkNotebook(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_notebook_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.AppendPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_append_page (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel));
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.AppendPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (MenuLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_append_page_menu (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel), ConvertTogtkWidget(MenuLabel))
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_append_page (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.PrependPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_Prepend_page (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TabLabel)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.PrependPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (MenuLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_prepend_page_menu (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel), ConvertTogtkWidget(MenuLabel))
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_prepend_page (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.InsertPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_insert_page (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TabLabel)), Position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.InsertPageFull (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (MenuLabel) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_insert_page_menu (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel), ConvertTogtkWidget(MenuLabel), position)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_insert_page (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child), ConvertTogtkWidget(TabLabel), position);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.RemovePage (PageNumber:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_remove_page (TheGtkObject, PageNumber);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.PageNumberOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_notebook_page_num (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.NextPage;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_next_page (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.PrevPage;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_prev_page (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.ReorderPage (Child:TFPgtkWidget; PageNum:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_reorder_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PageNum);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetPageIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_notebook_get_current_page(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetPageIndex (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_page(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetPage : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetChildOnPage (PageIndex);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetPage (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := PageNumberOf (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r > -1 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ PageIndex := r;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabPos : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.tab_pos(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabPos (TheValue:TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_tab_pos(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetShowTabs : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.show_tabs(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetShowTabs (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_show_tabs(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetShowBorder : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.show_border(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetShowBorder (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_show_border(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetScrollable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.scrollable(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetScrollable (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_scrollable(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetHomogenous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.homogeneous(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetHomogenous (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_homogeneous_tabs(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabHBorder : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.tab_hborder;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabHBorder (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_tab_hborder(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabVBorder : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.tab_vborder;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabVBorder (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_tab_vborder(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabBorders (BorderWidth:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_tab_border (TheGtkObject, BorderWidth);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetMenuLabelOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(gtk_notebook_get_menu_label (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child)))) as TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetMenuLabel (Child:TFPgtkWidget; MenuLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_menu_label (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuLabel)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabLabelOf (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(gtk_notebook_get_tab_label (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Child)))) as TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabLabel (Child:TFPgtkWidget; TabLabel:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)), PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TabLabel)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.GetChildOnPage (PageNum:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (TheGtkObject, PageNum))) as TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.GetTabLabelPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; var Expand:boolean; var Fill:boolean; var PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+var PT : PGtkPackType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ pt := @PackType;
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_query_tab_label_packing (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(widget),
|
|
|
|
|
+ @expand, @fill, pt);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.SetTabLabelPacking (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; Expand:boolean; Fill:boolean; PackType:TGtkPackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_set_tab_label_packing (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Widget)), Expand, Fill, PackType);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.EnablePopup;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_popup_enable (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkNotebook.DisablePopup;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_notebook_popup_disable (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure PageSwitchSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; PageRec:PGtkNotebookPage; aPageNum:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, PageRec, aPageNum, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.PageSwitchSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@PageSwitchSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.PageSwitchSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@PageSwitchSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.ConnectSwitchPage (proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PageSwitchSignalConnect (sgSwitchPage, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkNotebook.ConnectAfterSwitchPage (proc:TFPgtkPageSwitchSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PageSwitchSignalConnectAfter (sgSwitchPage, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkFontSelection }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFontSelection.TheGtkObject : PGtkFontSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkFontSelection(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFontSelection.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_font_selection_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFontSelection.GetFontName : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_font_selection_get_font_name(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFontSelection.SetFontName (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if not gtk_font_selection_set_font_name (TheGtkObject, pgchar(TheValue)) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ raise exception.CreateFmt (sFontNotFound, [TheValue]);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFontSelection.GetFont : PGdkFont;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_font_selection_get_font (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkFontSelection.GetPreviewText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_font_selection_get_preview_text(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFontSelection.SetPreviewText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_font_selection_set_preview_text(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkFontSelection.SetFilter (FilterType:TGtkFontFilterType; FontType:TGtkFontType; Foundries:array of string; Weights:array of string; Slants:array of string; SetWidths:array of string; Spacings:array of string; CharSets:array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var ppF, ppW, ppSl, ppSW, ppSp, ppC : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ function MakePP (data : array of string) : ppgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if high(data) > low(data) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := ArrayToPPgchar(data)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ procedure FreePP (ppdata : ppgchar; data : array of string);
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (ppdata) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ freemem (ppdata, sizeof (pgchar) * (high(data)-low(data)+1));
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppF := MakePP(Foundries);
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppW := MakePP(Weights);
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppSl := MakePP(Slants);
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppSW := MakePP(SetWidths);
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppSp := MakePP(Spacings);
|
|
|
|
|
+ ppC := MakePP(CharSets);
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_font_selection_set_filter (TheGtkObject, FilterType, FontType, ppF, ppW, ppSl, ppSW, ppSp, ppC);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreePP (ppF, Foundries);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreePP (ppW, Weights);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreePP (ppSl, Slants);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreePP (ppSW, SetWidths);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreePP (ppSp, Spacings);
|
|
|
|
|
+ FreePP (ppC, CharSets);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkPaned }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPaned.TheGtkObject : PGtkPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkPaned(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPaned.GetGutterSize : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.gutter_size;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.SetGutterSize (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ {$ifdef gtkwin}
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkObject^.gutter_size := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+ {$else}
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_set_gutter_size(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+ {$endif}
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPaned.GetHandleSize : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.handle_size;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.SetHandleSize (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_set_handle_size(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPaned.GetPosition : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.child1_size;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.SetPosition (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_set_position(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.ComputePosition (AnAllocation:integer; Child1Req:integer; Child2Req:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_compute_position (TheGtkObject, AnAllocation, Child1Req, Child2Req);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.Add1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_add1 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child));
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.Pack1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_pack1 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child), Resize, Shrink);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.Add1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; isVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_add1 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.Pack1 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_pack1 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child), Resize, Shrink);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.Add2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_add2 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child));
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.Pack2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_pack2 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child), Resize, Shrink);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.Add2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_add2 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPaned.Pack2 (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Resize:boolean; Shrink:boolean; IsVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_paned_pack2 (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Child), Resize, Shrink);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkHPaned }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHPaned.TheGtkObject : PGtkHPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkHPaned(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHPaned.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_hpaned_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkVPaned }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkVPaned.TheGtkObject : PGtkVPaned;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkVPaned(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkVPaned.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_vpaned_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkLayout }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkLayout.TheGtkObject : PGtkLayout;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkLayout(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLayout.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_layout_new (nil,nil));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkLayout.GetHAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_layout_get_hadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLayout.SetHAdj (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_layout_set_hadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkLayout.GetVAdj : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_layout_get_vadjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLayout.SetVAdj (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_layout_set_vadjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLayout.Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_layout_freeze (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLayout.Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_layout_thaw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLayout.Put (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_layout_put (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aWidget)), X, Y);
|
|
|
|
|
+ aWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLayout.Put (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_layout_put (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aWidget)), X, Y);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if aVisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ aWidget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLayout.Move (aWidget:TFPgtkWidget; X:integer; Y:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_layout_move (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aWidget)), X, Y);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkLayout.SetSize (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_layout_set_size (TheGtkObject, aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkList }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkList.TheGtkObject : PGtkList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkList(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_list_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkList.ConnectSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgSelectionChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkList.ConnectAfterSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgSelectionChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkList.ConnectSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgSelectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkList.ConnectAfterSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgSelectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkList.ConnectUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgUnselectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkList.ConnectAfterUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgUnselectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkList.GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TGtkSelectionMode(Selection_mode(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.SetSelectionMode (TheValue:TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_set_selection_mode(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.InsertItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_insert_items (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList, position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.AppendItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_append_items (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.PrependItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_prepend_items (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.RemoveItems (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_remove_items (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.RemoveItemsNoUnref (TheItems:TFPgtkListItemGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_remove_items_no_unref (TheGtkObject, TheItems.GtkList);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.ClearItems (FromItem:integer; ToItem:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if ToItem >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ inc (ToItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_clear_items (TheGtkObject, FromItem, ToItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.ClearAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ClearItems (0,-1);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.SelectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_select_item (TheGtkObject, Item);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.UnselectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_unselect_item (TheGtkObject, Item);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.SelectChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_select_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.UnselectChild (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_unselect_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkList.ChildPosition (Child:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_list_child_position (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.ExtendSelection (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat; AutoStartSelection:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_extend_selection (TheGtkObject, ScrollType, Position, AutoStartSelection);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.StartSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_start_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.EndSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_end_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.SelectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_select_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.UnselectAll;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_unselect_all (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.ScrollHorizontal (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_scroll_horizontal (TheGtkObject, ScrollType, Position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.ScrollVertical (ScrollType:TGtkScrollType; Position:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_scroll_vertical (TheGtkObject, ScrollType, Position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.ToggleAddMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_toggle_add_mode (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.ToggleFocusRow;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_toggle_focus_row (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.ToggleRow (Child:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_toggle_row (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(Child)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.UndoSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_undo_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.EndDragSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_list_end_drag_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkList.GetSelection (aGroup:TFPgtkGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ with aGroup do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ ManageLists := False;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GtkList := TheGtkObject^.Selection;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkMenuShell }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuShell;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkMenuShell(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure MoveCurrentSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; dir:TGtkMenuDirectionType; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, dir, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.MoveCurrentSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveCurrentSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.MoveCurrentSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveCurrentSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_shell_prepend (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_shell_insert (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_shell_append (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.ActivateItem (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; ForceDeactivate:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_shell_activate_item (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), ForceDeactivate);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.SelectItem (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_shell_select_item (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.DeActivate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_shell_deactivate (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Prepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ GtkPrepend (MenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+ MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Prepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ GtkPrepend (MenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if createvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Insert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ GtkInsert (MenuItem, position);
|
|
|
|
|
+ MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Insert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ GtkInsert (MenuItem, position);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if createvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Append (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ GtkAppend (MenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+ MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuShell.Append (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; CreateVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ GtkAppend (MenuItem);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if createvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ MenuItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectDeActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgDeActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterDeActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgDeActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectSelectionDone (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgSelectionDone, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterSelectionDone (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelectionDone, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectCancel (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgCancel, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterCancel (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCancel, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectMoveCurrent (proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveCurrentSignalConnect (sgMoveCurrent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterMoveCurrent (proc:TFPgtkMoveCurrentSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveCurrentSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveCurrent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectActivateCurrent (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := BooleanSignalConnect (sgActivateCurrent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuShell.ConnectAfterActivateCurrent (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := BooleanSignalConnectAfter (sgActivateCurrent, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkMenuBar }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuBar.TheGtkObject : PGtkMenuBar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkMenuBar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_menu_bar_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_bar_prepend (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_bar_insert (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_bar_append (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenuBar.GetShadow : TgtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenuBar.SetShadow (TheValue:TgtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_bar_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkMenu }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenu.TheGtkObject : PGtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkMenu(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_menu_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.GtkPrepend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_prepend (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.GtkInsert (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_insert (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.GtkAppend (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_append (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure FPgtkMenuPos (Sender:PgtkMenu; x:pgint; y:pgint; data:pointer); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkMenuPosFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ with PSignalData (data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkMenuPosFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p(TFPgtkMenu(GetPascalInstance(PgtkObject(Sender))), x^, y^, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure FPgtkMenuDetacher (AttachedWidget:PgtkWidget; TheMenu:PgtkMenu); Cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var m : TFPgtkMenu;
|
|
|
|
|
+ a : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ m := (GetPascalInstance(PgtkObject(TheMenu)) as TFPgtkMenu);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned(m) and assigned(m.FDetacher) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ a := TFPgtkWidget (GetPascalInstance(PgtkObject(AttachedWidget)));
|
|
|
|
|
+ m.FDetacher (a, m);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.ReorderChild (MenuItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_reorder_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(MenuItem)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.Popup (button:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_popup (TheGtkObject, null, null, null, null, button, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.Popup (ParentShell:TFPgtkWidget; ParentItem:TFPgtkWidget; func:TFPgtkMenuPosFunction; data:pointer; button:guint; ActivateTime:guint32); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_popup (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(ParentShell), ConvertTogtkWidget(ParentItem),
|
|
|
|
|
+ @FPgtkMenuPos, ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(func), data, true), button, ActivateTime);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.PopDown;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_popdown (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.Reposition;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_reposition (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.AttachToWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; detacher:TFPgtkMenuDetachFunction);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FDetacher := detacher;
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_attach_to_widget (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Widget), @FPgtkMenuDetacher);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.Detach;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_detach (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetTitle (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_set_title(TheGtkObject,Pgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenu.GetActive : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_menu_get_active(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetActive (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+var r : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ r := Children.indexof (TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if r >= 0 then
|
|
|
|
|
+ SetActiveIndex (r);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenu.GetActiveIndex : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := Children.indexof (GetActive);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetActiveIndex (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_set_active(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenu.GetTearOffState : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.torn_off(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetTearOffState (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_set_tearoff_state(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenu.GetAttachedTo : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_menu_get_attach_widget(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkwidget) as tfpgtkwidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetAttachedTo (TheValue:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ AttachToWidget (TheValue, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkMenu.GetAccelGroup : PGtkAccelGroup;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_menu_ensure_uline_accel_group(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkMenu.SetAccelGroup (TheValue:PGtkAccelGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_menu_set_accel_group(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkPacker }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPacker.TheGtkObject : PGtkPacker;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkPacker(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_packer_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_add_defaults (TheGtkObject, Child.TheGtkWidget, Side, anchor, options);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_add_defaults (TheGtkObject, Child.TheGtkWidget, Side, anchor, options);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if aVisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_add (TheGtkObject, Child.TheGtkWidget, Side, anchor, options, aborder, padX, PadY, IPadX, IPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.Add (Child:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint; aVisible:boolean); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_add (TheGtkObject, Child.TheGtkWidget, Side, anchor, options, aborder, padX, PadY, IPadX, IPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if aVisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ Child.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.ReorderChild (aChild:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_reorder_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aChild)), position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPacker.GetSpacing : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.SetSpacing (TheValue:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_set_spacing(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.DefaultBorder (aBorder:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_set_default_border_width (TheGtkObject, aBorder);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.DefaultPad (PadX:guint; PadY:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_set_default_pad (TheGtkObject, PadX, PadY);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.DefaultIPad (IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_set_default_ipad (TheGtkObject, IPadX, IPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPacker.Configure (aChild:TFPgtkWidget; Side:TGtkSideType; Anchor:TGtkAnchorType; options:TGtkPackerOptions; aBorder:guint; PadX:Guint; PadY:guint; IPadX:guint; IPadY:guint); Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_packer_set_child_packing (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(aChild)), Side, Anchor, options, aBorder, PadX, PadY, IPadX, IPadY);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkTable }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTable.TheGtkObject : PGtkTable;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkTable(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_table_new (1,1,False));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkTable.Create (AColumns:integer; ARows:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ resize (AColumns, ARows);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.Resize (AColumns:integer; ARows:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_resize (TheGtkObject, ARows, AColumns);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; XOptions:integer; YOptions:integer; XPadding:integer; YPadding:integer; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_attach (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), left, right, top, bottom,
|
|
|
|
|
+ XOptions, YOptions, XPadding, YPadding);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; XOptions:integer; YOptions:integer; XPadding:integer; YPadding:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_attach (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Widget), left, right, top, bottom,
|
|
|
|
|
+ XOptions, YOptions, XPadding, YPadding);
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer; IsVisible:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_attach_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Widget), left, right, top, bottom);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if isvisible then
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.Attach (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; left:integer; right:integer; top:integer; bottom:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_attach_defaults (TheGtkObject, ConvertTogtkWidget(Widget), left, right, top, bottom);
|
|
|
|
|
+ widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTable.GetRowCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.nrows;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTable.GetColCount : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.ncols;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTable.GetHomogeneous : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.homogeneous(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.SetHomogeneous (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_set_homogeneous(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTable.GetRowSpacings : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.column_spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.SetRowSpacings (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_set_row_spacings(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTable.GetColSpacings : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.row_spacing;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.SetColSpacings (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_set_col_spacings(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.SetOneRowSpacing (row:integer; TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_set_row_spacing (TheGtkObject, row, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTable.SetOneColSpacing (Column:integer; TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_table_set_col_spacing (TheGtkObject, Column, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkToolbar }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.TheGtkObject : PGtkToolbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkToolbar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_toolbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.GetButtonRelief : TGtkReliefStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_toolbar_get_button_relief(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetButtonRelief (TheValue:TGtkReliefStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_set_button_relief(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.GetTooltips : TFPgtkTooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.tooltips),tfpgtktooltips) as tfpgtktooltips;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.GetEnableTooltips : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := tooltips.enabled;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetEnableTooltips (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_set_tooltips(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.GetSpaceStyle : TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.space_style;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetSpaceStyle (TheValue:TGtkToolbarSpaceStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_set_space_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.GetSpaceSize : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.space_size;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetSpaceSize (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_set_space_size(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.GetStyle : TGtkToolbarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.style;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetStyle (TheValue:TGtkToolbarStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_set_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.GetOrientation : tGtkOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.orientation;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.SetOrientation (TheValue:tGtkOrientation);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_set_orientation(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.InsertWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_insert_widget (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), ConvertToPgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate), Position);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.PrependWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_prepend_widget (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate));
|
|
|
|
|
+ Widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.AppendWidget (Widget:TFPgtkWidget; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_append_widget (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(Widget), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate));
|
|
|
|
|
+ Widget.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.InsertElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+var w : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ t : TFPgtkObjectClass;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ w := gtk_toolbar_insert_element (TheGtkObject, ButtonType,
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertToGtkwidget(PrevRadioBut), ConvertTopgchar(Text),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertToGtkwidget(Icon),
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true),
|
|
|
|
|
+ position);
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ case ButtonType of
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_WIDGET:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_BUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_TOGGLEBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_RADIOBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if t = TFPgtkWidget then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (w)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (w, t);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.AppendElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+var w : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ t : TFPgtkObjectClass;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ w := gtk_toolbar_append_element (TheGtkObject, ButtonType, ConvertToGtkwidget(PrevRadioBut),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertToGtkwidget(Icon), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ case ButtonType of
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_WIDGET:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_BUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_TOGGLEBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_RADIOBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if t = TFPgtkWidget then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (w)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (w, t);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.PrependElement (ButtonType:TGtkToolbarChildType; PrevRadioBut:TFPgtkWidget; Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+var w : PGtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ t : TFPgtkObjectClass;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ w := gtk_toolbar_prepend_element (TheGtkObject, ButtonType, ConvertToGtkwidget(PrevRadioBut),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertToGtkwidget(Icon), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (w) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ case ButtonType of
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_WIDGET:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkWidget;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_BUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_TOGGLEBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkToggleButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ GTK_TOOLBAR_CHILD_RADIOBUTTON:
|
|
|
|
|
+ t := TFPgtkRadioButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+ if t = TFPgtkWidget then
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (w)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (w, t);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.InsertItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_insert_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate), ConvertToGtkWidget(Icon),
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true), position),
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.AppendItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_append_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertToGtkWidget(Icon), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true)),
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.PrependItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:TFPgtkWidget; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_prepend_item (TheGtkObject, Converttopgchar(Text), Converttopgchar(TooltipText),
|
|
|
|
|
+ Converttopgchar(TooltipPrivate), ConvertToGtkWidget(Icon), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true)),
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.InsertItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer; position:integer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var pm : TFPgtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if low(icon) < high(icon) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm := TFPgtkPixmap.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm.loadFromArray (icon);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_insert_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate), ConvertToGtkWidget(pm),
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true), position),
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.AppendItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var pm : TFPgtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if low(icon) < high(icon) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm := TFPgtkPixmap.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm.loadFromArray (icon);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_append_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertTopgchar(Text), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipText), ConvertTopgchar(TooltipPrivate),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertToGtkWidget(pm), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true)),
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkToolbar.PrependItem (Text:string; TooltipText:string; TooltipPrivate:string; Icon:array of string; CallBack:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : TFPgtkWidget; Overload;
|
|
|
|
|
+var pm : TFPgtkPixmap;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if low(icon) < high(icon) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm := TFPgtkPixmap.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm.loadFromArray (icon);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ pm := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_prepend_item (TheGtkObject, Converttopgchar(Text), Converttopgchar(TooltipText),
|
|
|
|
|
+ Converttopgchar(TooltipPrivate), ConvertToGtkWidget(pm), gtk_signal_func(@SignalProc),
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(callback), data, true)),
|
|
|
|
|
+ TFPgtkButton);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.InsertSpace (position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_insert_space (TheGtkObject, position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.AppendSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_append_space (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkToolbar.PrependSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_toolbar_prepend_space (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkTree }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.TheGtkObject : PGtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkTree(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_tree_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.ConnectSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgSelectionChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.ConnectAfterSelectionChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgSelectionChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.ConnectSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgSelectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.ConnectAfterSelectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgSelectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.ConnectUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnect (sgUnselectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.ConnectAfterUnselectChild (proc:TFPgtkWidgetSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := WidgetSignalConnectAfter (sgUnselectChild, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.GetSelectionMode : TGtkSelectionMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.selection_mode(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.SetSelectionMode (TheValue:TGtkSelectionMode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_set_selection_mode(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.GetViewLines : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.view_line(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.SetViewLines (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_set_view_lines(TheGtkObject,guint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.GetViewMode : TGtkTreeViewMode;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.view_mode(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.SetViewMode (TheValue:TGtkTreeViewMode);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_set_view_mode(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.Append (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_append (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+ TreeItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.Prepend (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_prepend (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+ TreeItem.Show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.Insert (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget; position:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_insert (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)),position);
|
|
|
|
|
+ TreeItem.show;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.Remove (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+var l : PGList;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+{$ifndef win32}
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_remove_item (TheGtkObject, ConvertToGtkWidget(TreeItem));
|
|
|
|
|
+{$else}
|
|
|
|
|
+ l := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ l := g_list_append (l, ConvertToGtkWidget(TreeItem));
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_remove_items (TheGtkObject, l);
|
|
|
|
|
+ g_list_free (l);
|
|
|
|
|
+{$endif}
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.ClearItems (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_clear_items (TheGtkObject, StartPos, EndPos);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.SelectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_select_item (TheGtkObject, Item);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.UnselectItem (Item:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_unselect_item (TheGtkObject, Item);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.SelectChild (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_select_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.UnselectChild (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_tree_unselect_child (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.ChildPosition (TreeItem:TFPgtkWidget) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_tree_child_position (TheGtkObject, PGtkwidget(ConvertToGtkObject(TreeItem)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.RootTree : TFPgtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(GTK_TREE_ROOT_TREE(TheGtkObject))) as TFPgtkTree;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.IsRootTree : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GTK_IS_ROOT_TREE (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkTree.GetSelection (aGroup:TFPgtkGroup);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ aGroup.ManageLists := false;
|
|
|
|
|
+ aGroup.GtkList := Gtk_Tree_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkTree.Level : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.level;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkCalendar }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.TheGtkObject : PGtkCalendar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkCalendar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCalendar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_calendar_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.SelectMonth (aMonth:guint; aYear:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_calendar_select_month (TheGtkObject, aMonth-1, aYear);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCalendar.SelectDay (aDay:guint);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_calendar_select_day (TheGtkObject, aDay);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.MarkDay (aDay:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_calendar_mark_day (TheGtkObject, aDay);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.UnmarkDay (aDay:guint) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_calendar_unmark_day (TheGtkObject, aDay);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCalendar.ClearMarks;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_calendar_clear_marks (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.GetDisplayOptions : TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.display_flags;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCalendar.SetDisplayOptions (TheValue:TGtkCalendarDisplayOptions);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_calendar_display_options(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.GetDate : TDatetime;
|
|
|
|
|
+var y, m, d : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_calendar_get_date (TheGtkObject, @y, @m, @d);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := encodedate (y,m+1,d);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCalendar.SetDate (TheValue:TDatetime);
|
|
|
|
|
+var y,m,d : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ decodedate (TheValue, y,m,d);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SelectMonth(m,y);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SelectDay(d);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCalendar.Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_calendar_freeze (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCalendar.Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_calendar_thaw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectMonthChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgMonthChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterMonthChanged (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgMonthChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectDaySelected (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgDaySelected, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterDaySelected (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgDaySelected, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectDaySelectedDoubleClick (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgDaySelectedDoubleClick, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterDaySelectedDoubleClick (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgDaySelectedDoubleClick, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectPrevMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgPrevMonth, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterPrevMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgPrevMonth, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectNextMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgNextMonth, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterNextMonth (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgNextMonth, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectPrevYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgPrevYear, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterPrevYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgPrevYear, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectNextYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnect (sgNextYear, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCalendar.ConnectAfterNextYear (proc:TFPgtksignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := signalConnectAfter (sgNextYear, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkDrawingArea }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkDrawingArea.TheGtkObject : PGtkDrawingArea;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkDrawingArea(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkDrawingArea.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_drawing_area_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkDrawingArea.SetSize (Width:integer; Height:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_drawing_area_Size (TheGtkObject, Width, Height);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkCurve }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCurve.TheGtkObject : PGtkCurve;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkCurve(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCurve.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_curve_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCurve.SetRange (MinX:float; MaxX:float; MinY:float; MaxY:float);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_curve_set_range (TheGtkObject, MinX, MaxX, MinY, MaxY);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCurve.Reset;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_curve_reset (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCurve.SetGamma (GammaValue:float);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_curve_set_gamma (TheGtkObject, GammaValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkCurve.GetCurveType : TGtkCurveType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.curve_type;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkCurve.SetCurveType (TheValue:TGtkCurveType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_curve_set_curve_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkEditable }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.TheGtkObject : PGtkEditable;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkEditable(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.GetHasSelection : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SelectionStart <> SelectionEnd;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.GetEditable : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.editable(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetEditable (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_set_editable(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.GetVisible : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.visible(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetVisible (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk.Set_visible(TheGtkObject^,guint(TheValue))
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.GetPosition : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_Editable_get_position(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetPosition (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_set_position(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.GetSelectionStart : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.selection_start_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetSelectionStart (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_editable_select_region (TheGtkObject, TheValue, SelectionEnd);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.GetSelectionEnd : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.Selection_end_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetSelectionEnd (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_editable_select_region (TheGtkObject, SelectionStart, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.SetSelection (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+var b : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if HasSelection then
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ b := SelectionStart;
|
|
|
|
|
+ deleteText (SelectionStart, SelectionEnd);
|
|
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ b := position;
|
|
|
|
|
+ InsertText (TheValue, b);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Position := b + length(TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+ SelectRegion (b, position);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.GetSelection : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+var c : pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ c := gtk_editable_get_chars (TheGtkObject, SelectionStart, SelectionEnd);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := string (c);
|
|
|
|
|
+ g_free (c);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.GetText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+var c : pgchar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ c := gtk_editable_get_chars (TheGtkObject, 0, -1);
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := string (c);
|
|
|
|
|
+ g_free (c);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.Changed;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_Changed (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.InsertText (NewText:string; AtPosition:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := AtPosition;
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_editable_insert_text (TheGtkObject, pgchar(NewText), length(NewText), @p);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.DeleteText (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_Delete_Text (TheGtkObject, StartPos, EndPos);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.GetChars (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_get_chars (TheGtkObject, StartPos, EndPos);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.CutClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_cut_clipboard (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.CopyClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_copy_clipboard (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.PasteClipboard;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_paste_clipboard (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.SelectRegion (StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_select_region (TheGtkObject, StartPos, EndPos);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.ClaimSelection (claim:boolean; time:guint32);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_claim_selection (TheGtkObject, claim, time);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.DeleteSelection;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Editable_delete_selection (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEditable.Clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ DeleteText (0,-1);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure InsertSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; NewText:pgChar; TextLength:integer; var Position:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, NewText, TextLength, Position, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.InsertSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@InsertSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.InsertSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@InsertSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure DeleteSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; StartPos:integer; EndPos:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, StartPos, EndPos, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.DeleteSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DeleteSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.DeleteSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DeleteSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure XYSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; x:integer; y:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkXYSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkXYSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, x, y, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.XYSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@XYSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.XYSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@XYSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure DirectionSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; Direction:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, Direction, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.DirectionSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DirectionSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.DirectionSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@DirectionSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure MoveWordSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; NumWords:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, NumWords, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.MoveWordSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveWordSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.MoveWordSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MoveWordSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure MovetoSignalproc (Sender:PGtkobject; MoveTo:integer; data:pointer); cdecl;
|
|
|
|
|
+var p : TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+with PSignalData(data)^ do
|
|
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ p := TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction (TheSignalProc);
|
|
|
|
|
+ p (TheWidget as TFPgtkObject, MoveTo, TheData)
|
|
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.MovetoSignalConnect (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MovetoSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.MovetoSignalConnectAfter (signal:string; proc:TFPgtkMovetoSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_signal_connect_After (FGtkObject, pgChar(signal), gtk_signal_func(@MovetoSignalproc), ConvertSignalData(TFPgtkSignalFunction(proc), data, true));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterChanged (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgChanged, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterActivate (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgActivate, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectInsertText (proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := InsertSignalConnect (sgInsertText, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterInsertText (proc:TFPgtkInsertSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := InsertSignalConnectAfter (sgInsertText, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectDeleteText (proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DeleteSignalConnect (sgDeleteText, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterDeleteText (proc:TFPgtkDeleteSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DeleteSignalConnectAfter (sgDeleteText, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectSetEditable (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := BooleanSignalConnect (sgSetEditable, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterSetEditable (proc:TFPgtkBooleanSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := BooleanSignalConnectAfter (sgSetEditable, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMoveCursor (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := XYSignalConnect (sgMoveCursor, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMoveCursor (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := XYSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveCursor, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMoveWord (proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveWordSignalConnect (sgMoveWord, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMoveWord (proc:TFPgtkMoveWordSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveWordSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveWord, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMovePage (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := XYSignalConnect (sgMovePage, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMovePage (proc:TFPgtkXYSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := XYSignalConnectAfter (sgMovePage, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMoveToRow (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveToSignalConnect (sgMoveToRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMoveToRow (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveToSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveToRow, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectMoveToCol (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveToSignalConnect (sgMoveToCol, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterMoveToCol (proc:TFPgtkMoveToSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := MoveToSignalConnectAfter (sgMoveToCol, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectKillChar (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DirectionSignalConnect (sgKillChar, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterKillChar (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DirectionSignalConnectAfter (sgKillChar, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectKillWord (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DirectionSignalConnect (sgKillWord, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterKillWord (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DirectionSignalConnectAfter (sgKillWord, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectKillLine (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DirectionSignalConnect (sgKillLine, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterKillLine (proc:TFPgtkDirectionSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := DirectionSignalConnectAfter (sgKillLine, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectCutClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgCutClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterCutClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCutClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectCopyClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgCopyClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterCopyClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgCopyClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectPasteClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnect (sgPasteClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEditable.ConnectAfterPasteClipboard (proc:TFPgtkSignalFunction; data:pointer) : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := SignalConnectAfter (sgPasteClipboard, proc, data);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkEntry }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEntry.TheGtkObject : PGtkEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkEntry(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEntry.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_Entry_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEntry.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Entry_set_text (TheGtkObject, Pgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEntry.AppendText (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Entry_append_text (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(aText));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEntry.PrependText (aText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Entry_prepend_text (TheGtkObject, ConvertToPgchar(aText));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEntry.GetVisibility : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.visible(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEntry.SetVisibility (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Entry_set_visibility(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkEntry.GetMaxLength : word;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.text_max_length;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkEntry.SetMaxLength (TheValue:word);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Entry_set_max_length(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkSpinButton }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.TheGtkObject : PGtkSpinButton;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkSpinButton(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_spin_button_new (TFPgtkAdjustment.Create.TheGtkObject,1,0));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.Configure (Adj:TFPgtkAdjustment; aClimbRate:gfloat; aDigits:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (Adj) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_configure (TheGtkObject, PGtkadjustment(Adj.TheGtkObject), aClimbRate, aDigits)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_configure (TheGtkObject, nil, aClimbRate, aDigits);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_spin_button_get_adjustment(TheGtkObject)),TFPGtkAdjustment) as TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_set_adjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetClimbRate : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.climb_rate;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetClimbRate (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkObject^.climb_rate := TheValue;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetDigits : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.digits(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetDigits (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_set_digits(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetAsInteger : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetAsInteger (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_set_Value(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetAsFloat : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_spin_button_get_value_as_int(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetAsFloat (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_set_Value(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetUpdatePolicy : TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.update_policy;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue:TGtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetNumeric : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.numeric(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetNumeric (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_set_numeric(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.Spin (direction:TGtkSpinType; increment:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_spin (TheGtkObject, direction, increment);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.wrap(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetWrap (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_set_wrap(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetShadowType : TGtkShadowType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.shadow_type;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetShadowType (TheValue:TGtkShadowType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_set_shadow_type(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSpinButton.GetSnapToTicks : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.snap_to_ticks(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.SetSnapToTicks (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_set_snap_to_ticks(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkSpinButton.Update;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_spin_button_update (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkText }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkText.TheGtkObject : PGtkText;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkText(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_Text_new (null,null));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkText.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ editable := true;
|
|
|
|
|
+ wordwrap := true;
|
|
|
|
|
+ linewrap := true;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLines := TStringlist.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ ConnectChanged (@SigChanged, nil);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+destructor TFPgtkText.Destroy;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLines.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.SigChanged (Sender:TFPgtkObject; data:pointer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FIsChanged := True;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.RefreshLines;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if not assigned (FLines) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLines := TStringlist.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FLines.Text := Text;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkText.GetLines : TStrings;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if FIsChanged then
|
|
|
|
|
+ RefreshLines;
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := FLines;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Text_Freeze (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Text_Thaw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkText.TextLength : guint;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_Text_get_length (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.Insert (font:PgdkFont; fore:PgdkColor; back:PgdkColor; TheText:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_text_insert (TheGtkObject, font, fore, back, pgchar(TheText), length(TheText));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.DeleteBackward (number:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Text_Backward_Delete (TheGtkObject, number);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.DeleteForward (number:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Text_Forward_Delete (TheGtkObject, number);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkText.GetWordWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.word_wrap(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.SetWordWrap (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_text_set_word_wrap (TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkText.GetLineWrap : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.Line_Wrap(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.SetLineWrap (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+{$IFDEF win32 or go32v2}
|
|
|
|
|
+ Set_Line_Wrap (TheGtkObject^, gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+{$ELSE}
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Text_Set_Line_Wrap (TheGtkObject, gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+{$ENDIF}
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkText.GetPoint : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_Text_get_Point(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.SetPoint (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Text_set_Point(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.SetAdjustments (hadj:TFPgtkAdjustment; vadj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_text_set_adjustments (TheGtkObject, hadj.TheGtkObject, vadj.TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkText.GetHAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.hadj),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.SetHAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Text_Set_Adjustments(TheGtkObject, TheValue.TheGtkObject, TheGtkObject^.vadj);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkText.GetVAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.vadj),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.SetVAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Text_Set_Adjustments(TheGtkObject, TheGtkObject^.hadj, TheValue.TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkText.SetText (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ Freeze;
|
|
|
|
|
+ {$ifdef gtkwin}
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheValue := stringreplace (TheValue, #13#10, #10, [rfReplaceAll]);
|
|
|
|
|
+ {$endif}
|
|
|
|
|
+ clear;
|
|
|
|
|
+ Insert (null, null, null, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Thaw;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkRuler }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRuler.TheGtkObject : PGtkRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkRuler(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRuler.SetMetric (aMetric:TGtkMetricType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ruler_set_metric (TheGtkObject, aMetric);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRuler.SetRange (Lower:float; Upper:float; Position:float; MaxSize:float);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_ruler_set_range (TheGtkObject, Lower, Upper, Position, MaxSize);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkHRuler }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHRuler.TheGtkObject : PGtkHRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkHRuler(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHRuler.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_hruler_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkVRuler }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkVRuler.TheGtkObject : PGtkVRuler;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkVRuler(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkVRuler.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_vruler_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkRange }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRange.TheGtkObject : PGtkRange;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkRange(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRange.GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance(PGtkObject(gtk_Range_get_Adjustment(TheGtkObject)),tfpgtkadjustment) as tfpgtkadjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.SetAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_set_adjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRange.GetUpdatePolicy : TgtkUpdateType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.policy(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.SetUpdatePolicy (TheValue:TgtkUpdateType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_set_update_policy(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkRange.Create (AnAdjustment:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAdj := AnAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_draw_background (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawTrough;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_draw_trough (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawStepForw;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_draw_step_forw (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawStepBack;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_draw_step_back (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.DrawSlider;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_draw_slider (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.SliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_slider_update (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRange.TroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_Range_trough_click (TheGtkObject, X, Y, @JumpPerc);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.DefaultHSliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_default_hslider_update (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.DefaultVSliderUpdate;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_default_vslider_update (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRange.DefaultHTroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_Range_default_htrough_click (TheGtkObject, X, Y, @JumpPerc);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkRange.DefaultVTroughClick (X:integer; Y:integer; var JumpPerc:gfloat) : integer;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_Range_default_vtrough_click (TheGtkObject, X, Y, @JumpPerc);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.defaultHMotion (XDelta:integer; YDelta:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_default_hmotion (TheGtkObject, XDelta, YDelta);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.defaultVMotion (XDelta:integer; YDelta:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_default_vmotion (TheGtkObject, XDelta, YDelta);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkRange.ClearBackground;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_Range_clear_background (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkScale }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScale.TheGtkObject : PGtkScale;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkScale(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScale.SetDigits (TheValue:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scale_set_digits (TheGtkObject, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScale.GetDrawValue : boolean;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := boolean(gtk.draw_value(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScale.SetDrawValue (TheValue:boolean);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scale_set_draw_value(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScale.GetValuePos : TGtkPositionType;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk.value_pos(TheGtkObject^);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkScale.SetValuePos (TheValue:TGtkPositionType);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_scale_set_value_pos(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkHScale }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHScale.TheGtkObject : PGtkHScale;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkHScale(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHScale.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_hscale_new (nil));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkVScale }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkVScale.TheGtkObject : PGtkVScale;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkVScale(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkVScale.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_vscale_new (nil));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkScrollbar }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkScrollbar.TheGtkObject : PGtkScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkScrollbar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkHScrollbar }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHScrollbar.TheGtkObject : PGtkHScrollbar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkHScrollbar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHScrollbar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+var a : PgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FAdj) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ a := FAdj.TheGtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ a := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PgtkObject (gtk_hscrollbar_new (a));
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAdj := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkVScrollbar }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkVScrollbar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+var a : PgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FAdj) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ a := FAdj.TheGtkObject
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ a := null;
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PgtkObject (gtk_vscrollbar_new (a));
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAdj := nil;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkSeparator }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkSeparator.TheGtkObject : PGtkSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkSeparator(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkHSeparator }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkHSeparator.TheGtkObject : PGtkHSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkHSeparator(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkHSeparator.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_HSeparator_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkVSeparator }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkVSeparator.TheGtkObject : PGtkVSeparator;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkVSeparator(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkVSeparator.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_VSeparator_new);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkPreview }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPreview.TheGtkObject : PGtkPreview;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkPreview(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPreview.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FGtkObject := PGtkObject(gtk_preview_new (GTK_PREVIEW_COLOR));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPreview.Size (aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_preview_size (TheGtkObject, aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPreview.Put (aWindow:PGdkWindow; gc:PGdkGC; SrcX:integer; SrcY:integer; destX:integer; DestY:integer; aWidth:integer; aHeight:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_preview_put (TheGtkObject, aWindow, gc, SrcX, SrcY, destX, DestY, aWidth, aHeight);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPreview.DrawRow (data:pguchar; X:integer; Y:integer; W:integer);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_preview_draw_row (TheGtkObject, data, X, Y, W);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure SetGamma (aGamma:double);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_preview_set_gamma (aGamma);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPreview.GetExpand : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(gtk.expand(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPreview.SetExpand (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_preview_set_expand(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkPreview.GetDither : TGdkRgbDither;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.dither;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkPreview.SetDither (TheValue:TGdkRgbDither);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_preview_set_dither(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkProgress }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.TheGtkObject : PGtkProgress;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkProgress(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.GetShowtext : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(gtk.show_text(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetShowtext (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_set_show_text(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.GetTextXAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.x_align;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetTextXAlign (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_set_text_alignment (TheGtkObject, TheValue, TextYAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.GetTextYAlign : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.y_align;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetTextYAlign (TheValue:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_set_text_alignment (TheGtkObject, TextXAlign, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetTextAlignment (anXalign:gfloat; anYAlign:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_set_text_alignment (TheGtkObject, anXalign, anYAlign);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.GetCurrentValue : float;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_progress_get_Value(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetCurrentValue (TheValue:float);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_Set_value (TheGtkObject, TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+ Draw (nil);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.GetPercentage : float;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_progress_get_current_percentage(TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetPercentage (TheValue:float);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_set_percentage(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.PercentageFromValue (aValue:gfloat) : gfloat;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_progress_get_percentage_from_value (TheGtkObject, aValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.GetFormatString : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.format;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetFormatString (TheValue:string);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_set_format_string(TheGtkObject,ConvertToPgchar(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.GetAdjustment : TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := GetPascalInstance (PGtkObject(TheGtkObject^.adjustment), TFPgtkAdjustment) as TFPgtkAdjustment;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetAdjustment (TheValue:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_set_adjustment(TheGtkObject,PGtkadjustment(ConvertToGtkObject(TheValue)));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.GetActivityMode : longbool;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := longbool(gtk.activity_mode(TheGtkObject^));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.SetActivityMode (TheValue:longbool);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_set_activity_mode(TheGtkObject,gint(TheValue));
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.CurrentText : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_progress_get_current_text (TheGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgress.TextFromValue (aValue:gfloat) : string;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := gtk_progress_get_text_from_value (TheGtkObject, aValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgress.Configure (aValue:gfloat; aMin:gfloat; aMax:gfloat);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_configure (TheGtkObject, aValue, aMin, aMax);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkProgressBar }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgressBar.TheGtkObject : PGtkProgressBar;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := PgtkProgressBar(FGtkObject);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+constructor TFPgtkProgressBar.Create (adj:TFPgtkAdjustment);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ FAdj := adj;
|
|
|
|
|
+ inherited create;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.CreateGtkObject;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ if assigned (FAdj) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkWidget := gtk_progress_bar_new_with_adjustment (FAdj.TheGtkObject)
|
|
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheGtkWidget := gtk_progress_bar_new;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetBarStyle : TGtkProgressBarStyle;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.bar_style;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetBarStyle (TheValue:TGtkProgressBarStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_bar_set_bar_style(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetDiscreteBlocks : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetDiscreteBlocks (TheValue:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_bar_set_discrete_blocks(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetActivityStep : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.activity_step;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetActivityStep (TheValue:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_bar_set_activity_step(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetActivityBlocks : longword;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.activity_blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetActivityBlocks (TheValue:longword);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_bar_set_activity_blocks(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+function TFPgtkProgressBar.GetOrientation : TGtkProgressBarOrientation;
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ result := TheGtkObject^.orientation;
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+procedure TFPgtkProgressBar.SetOrientation (TheValue:TGtkProgressBarOrientation);
|
|
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
|
|
+ gtk_progress_bar_set_orientation(TheGtkObject,TheValue);
|
|
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+ { TFPgtkItemFactory }
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+INITIALIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
+ObjectsToFree := TList.Create;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+FINALIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
+ObjectsToFree.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+if assigned (TheTooltips) then
|
|
|
|
|
+ TheTooltips.Free;
|
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
|
+End.
|